<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><rss xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:openSearch="http://a9.com/-/spec/opensearchrss/1.0/" xmlns:blogger="http://schemas.google.com/blogger/2008" xmlns:georss="http://www.georss.org/georss" xmlns:gd="http://schemas.google.com/g/2005" xmlns:thr="http://purl.org/syndication/thread/1.0" version="2.0"><channel><atom:id>tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5477654376337753520</atom:id><lastBuildDate>Wed, 28 Aug 2024 08:29:27 +0000</lastBuildDate><category>online pharmacy</category><category>pills</category><category>medicines</category><category>Adverse drug reaction</category><category>Birth control</category><category>Circadian rhythms</category><category>Core body temperature</category><category>Drug use</category><category>Global optimization</category><category>HIV prevention</category><category>HIV risk</category><category>Health behavior theory</category><category>Menstrual cycle</category><category>Multi-label classification</category><category>Research</category><category>Risk</category><category>Sex</category><category>Social networks</category><category>Suicide risk</category><category>Suspected drugs</category><category>adolescents; youth; gay</category><category>antihypertensive treatment</category><category>bars</category><category>bisexual</category><category>clinical judgement analysis</category><category>club drugs</category><category>diltiazem</category><category>doctors</category><category>home blood pressure</category><category>hypertension</category><category>medicine</category><category>risk factors</category><category>ultram</category><title>Buy ultram online</title><description>My Medical Blog</description><link>http://order-ultram-online.blogspot.com/</link><managingEditor>noreply@blogger.com (Landrogek)</managingEditor><generator>Blogger</generator><openSearch:totalResults>10</openSearch:totalResults><openSearch:startIndex>1</openSearch:startIndex><openSearch:itemsPerPage>25</openSearch:itemsPerPage><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5477654376337753520.post-2244148131076186608</guid><pubDate>Mon, 25 Feb 2008 18:32:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2008-02-25T10:40:31.732-08:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">clinical judgement analysis</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Suicide risk</category><title>Managing the risk of suicide in acute psychiatric inpatients: A clinical judgement analysis of staff predictions of  imminent suicide risk</title><description>Abstract&lt;br /&gt;Background: Predicting suicide risk in psychiatric in-patients in order to inform risk management decisions is compromised by the poor predictive validity of the available models.&lt;br /&gt;Aims: This study explored the factors influencing judgements regarding suicide risk in psychiatrists and nurses working in acute psychiatric in-patient units in Scotland.&lt;br /&gt;Method: Clinical judgement analysis. Information used by 12 psychiatrists and 52 nurses to make judgements about suicide risk were analysed over 130 hypothetical cases. Correlations and linear regression analysis were used to examine judgement consistency and information use.&lt;br /&gt;Results: There was agreement between clinicians on the relative but not absolute degree of risk of each patient case. Consistency of judgments was low, particularly amongst nurses. All clinicians rated those with more previous suicide attempts, men, those with shorter admission times, and those who were less compliant and not improving clinically as at greater risk of suicide. Conclusions: Clinicians use cues that have been associated with suicide in traditional predictive models based on epidemiological studies and short term factors that may be particularly relevant to acute psychiatric settings. The inconsistencies observed can be interpreted to cast doubt on the validity of predictions of risk for imminent suicide and the role of such predictions in the assessment process.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Introduction&lt;br /&gt;Psychiatric in-patients are at significantly increased risk of completing suicide in comparison&lt;br /&gt;to the general population in all countries reflecting admission criteria (Eagles et al., 2001;&lt;br /&gt;Powell et al., 2000). Preventing such suicides occurring is therefore a legitimate concern in&lt;br /&gt;acute psychiatric care settings (National Confidential Inquiry, 2006) Despite criticisms of&lt;br /&gt;the current practice in the area suicide risk assessments continue to be a mainstay of such&lt;br /&gt;efforts and predictions of suicide risk are used to inform decisions that are potentially critical&lt;br /&gt;to patient safety such as the level of observation/engagement ordered (National Confidential&lt;br /&gt;Inquiry, 2006).&lt;br /&gt;Clinicians working in acute psychiatric in-patient environment are tasked with assessing&lt;br /&gt;who may be at increased risk of imminently completing suicide over periods of hours, rather&lt;br /&gt;than months. However, the existing models of proven predictive validity are based on large&lt;br /&gt;scale community samples and identify factors that are predictors for suicide over the ‘‘longterm’’&lt;br /&gt;and at a group level. They are unable to accurately predict which individual patients&lt;br /&gt;will commit suicide over the short term (Cassells et al., 2005; Hughes, 1995). In the absence&lt;br /&gt;of tools with proven predictive validity how clinicians use the information available to them&lt;br /&gt;in order to make suicide risk judgements and whether or not a consensus exists between&lt;br /&gt;practitioners over who is at a higher risk are therefore important questions which, are&lt;br /&gt;addressed in this study.&lt;br /&gt;Clinicians are rarely able to accurately describe the clinical information they use&lt;br /&gt;when making decisions (Denig et al., 2002; Harries et al., 2000). Clinical judgement&lt;br /&gt;analysis is a research method that examines the relationship between an individual’s&lt;br /&gt;judgement and the information they use to make that judgement (Harries et al., 1996).&lt;br /&gt;Using linear regression techniques it identifies the relative weight or importance&lt;br /&gt;individuals attach to different information items, without relying on potentially unreliable&lt;br /&gt;self-reports. These ‘‘captured’’ judgement policies can then be compared between&lt;br /&gt;individuals to identify areas of agreement or disagreement (Harries et al., 1996). The&lt;br /&gt;approach has been used successfully within medicine to explore how clinicians use&lt;br /&gt;information to inform their diagnosis of heart failure (Skane´r et al., 2000), and to explain&lt;br /&gt;variation in practice for prescribing decisions (Backlund et al., 2000; Harries et al.,&lt;br /&gt;1996).&lt;br /&gt;This article present the results of a study which used clinical judgement analysis to&lt;br /&gt;explore the factors influencing judgements regarding suicide risk of a group of clinicians&lt;br /&gt;working in acute psychiatric in-patients in Scotland. The study examined the information&lt;br /&gt;cues that clinicians used to inform their judgements of suicide risk, comparing them to&lt;br /&gt;risk factors identified by a review of the literature (Cassells et al., 2005). The study also&lt;br /&gt;considered the reliability of clinicians’ predictions. This study formed part of a larger&lt;br /&gt;study examining the relationship between predictions of suicide risk and decisions&lt;br /&gt;regarding observation/engagement whose results are not reported here and are the focus&lt;br /&gt;of a further paper in preparation. Ethical approval for this study was granted by Lothian&lt;br /&gt;MREC.&lt;br /&gt;Method&lt;br /&gt;The information used by clinicians to make risk judgements was analysed over a series of&lt;br /&gt;hypothetical patient cases. The cases were presented in written form in a booklet.&lt;br /&gt;Hypothetical cases are useful in this context for several reasons. First, it allows us to&lt;br /&gt;study a complex judgement process, associated with a relatively rare outcome, easily.&lt;br /&gt;Second, the correlation between cues across cases can be minimised in order to allow for&lt;br /&gt;identification of the influence of individual cues on each person’s risk of suicide&lt;br /&gt;judgements. Third, it allows for a subset of cases to be repeated within the booklet to&lt;br /&gt;measure the consistency of judgements. Finally, it also allows for direct comparison&lt;br /&gt;between clinicians, and clear measurement of agreement as all clinicians see the same set&lt;br /&gt;of cases.&lt;br /&gt;Participants&lt;br /&gt;All psychiatrists and registered mental health nurses involved in the assessment of suicide&lt;br /&gt;risk in acute psychiatric in-patient settings, in four Primary Care Trusts in Scotland were&lt;br /&gt;invited to take part in the study.&lt;br /&gt;Procedure&lt;br /&gt;On agreeing to take part, participants were sent a data collection booklet, consisting of a&lt;br /&gt;questionnaire and the judgement task. The questionnaire was designed to collect&lt;br /&gt;demographic data on participants, together with details of the environment where they&lt;br /&gt;worked.&lt;br /&gt;The Judgment task&lt;br /&gt;The judgement task consisted of a set of 130 hypothetical cases (scenarios), each defined in&lt;br /&gt;terms of 13 pieces of information, plus 15 cases that had been picked at random and&lt;br /&gt;repeated. An example of a case is shown in Figure 1. Each booklet consisted of the same set&lt;br /&gt;of cases, presented in the same order.&lt;br /&gt;For each case, participants were asked to judge how likely it was that the patient described&lt;br /&gt;in the scenario would try to commit suicide within the next 24 hours. They indicated this on&lt;br /&gt;a 10 cm bar (see bottom of Figure 1) anchored on the left with ‘‘no risk’’ and on the right&lt;br /&gt;with ‘‘very high risk’’. Their judgement of likelihood on this bar was encoded as a rating&lt;br /&gt;between 0 (no risk) and 100 (very high risk). They were also asked to state what observation&lt;br /&gt;level they thought the patient should have as an intervention (on pass, general observation,&lt;br /&gt;constant observation, special observation). These observation levels were those in use in the&lt;br /&gt;majority of Scottish services at the time of the study (Table I) (Scottish Executive, 2002).&lt;br /&gt;Participants returned the completed booklet to the researchers in a prepaid envelope. Only&lt;br /&gt;data from fully completed and returned booklets was analysed.&lt;br /&gt;Case profile&lt;br /&gt;The 13 different potential predictors of successful suicide attempts in acute psychiatric inpatient&lt;br /&gt;populations identified by (Cassells et al., 2005) were used as a basis for the cases.&lt;br /&gt;These factors were a mixture of more traditional ‘‘long term’’ predictors (e.g., psychiatric&lt;br /&gt;diagnosis, previous self harm) and more short term predictors (e.g., changes in clinical state,&lt;br /&gt;comorbid drug or alcohol use).&lt;br /&gt;For each of these predictors, a number of different potential levels of severity related to&lt;br /&gt;suicide risk were developed (Table II). For each of the predictors, at each level, a number of&lt;br /&gt;verbal descriptions were constructed and validated by a panel of experts. The descriptors&lt;br /&gt;were developed following interviews with experienced clinicians. A computer program&lt;br /&gt;(written in visual basic 6 by CH and adapted by DD, based on the cue generation program&lt;br /&gt;used in (Evans et al., 1995), was then used to randomly generate a number of series of 130&lt;br /&gt;scenarios. For each predictor, each level had an equal probability of being included in each&lt;br /&gt;scenario. These sets of scenarios was sampled and re-sampled until, for each set that was&lt;br /&gt;generated, the inter cue correlation was negligible.&lt;br /&gt;To ensure that the final sample of 130 scenarios used in the study had face and content&lt;br /&gt;validity they were selected from those scenarios that represented real in-patient cases with a&lt;br /&gt;distribution designed to mimic the overall in-patient caseload. Scenarios were examined for&lt;br /&gt;face validity by a panel of 4 experts (operationally defined as experienced psychiatrist/mental&lt;br /&gt;health nurse practitioners). Participants were aware that no observation level had been&lt;br /&gt;decided in these cases. Scenarios that did not represent a realistic acute in patient case were&lt;br /&gt;discarded. Caseload distribution was determined via a local survey of the range and&lt;br /&gt;prevalence of diagnoses within in-patient services together with an examination of national&lt;br /&gt;statistics. The final number of scenarios used in the study was based on a ‘‘rule of thumb’’&lt;br /&gt;suggesting that between 5 – 10 scenarios are necessary for every item of information used, to&lt;br /&gt;ensure sufficient variety in the judgements that are made, and to provide stable statistical&lt;br /&gt;estimates of cue weights (Cooksey, 1996; Harries &amp;amp; Harries, 2001).&lt;br /&gt;Analysis&lt;br /&gt;All data were analysed using SPSS (version 12.0). Clinicians’ judgements of likelihood that a&lt;br /&gt;patient would attempt suicide within the next 24 hours, rated as a mark on a bar were&lt;br /&gt;encoded as a rating between 0 (no risk) and 100 (very high risk). To examine the extent to&lt;br /&gt;which clinicians agreed on the relative degree of risk for each case (i.e., if they identified the&lt;br /&gt;same case as being at a higher or lower risk), Pearson’s correlations between risk judgements&lt;br /&gt;by each pair of clinicians was calculated for each of the participants, and the mean&lt;br /&gt;correlation was calculated via Fisher’s z transformation (Fisher, 1921). Agreement between&lt;br /&gt;clinicians’ judgements’ of risk across all cases was measured using Kendall’s W measure of&lt;br /&gt;concordance. Kendall’s W varies from 0 (no agreement) through to 1 (perfect agreement).&lt;br /&gt;(Howell, 1992, pp. 280 – 282).&lt;br /&gt;The reliability of clinician’s risk judgements were also examined by calculating&lt;br /&gt;Spearman’s rho correlation on the two sets of judgments for the 15 cases that were&lt;br /&gt;repeated within the vignette booklet. These 15 and their original equivalents form a test and&lt;br /&gt;retest set of cases. The mean for nurses and for psychiatrists was calculated separately via&lt;br /&gt;Fisher’s z transformation and an independent samples t-test of the mean difference was&lt;br /&gt;used. Finally, an individual’s judgements of risk across the 130 cases were standardized and&lt;br /&gt;regressed onto standardized cue values giving a set of standardized regression coefficients&lt;br /&gt;(their judgement policy). These indicate how the participant used each item of information&lt;br /&gt;to judge suicide risk. Mean differences in the beta-weights attached to information use were&lt;br /&gt;analysed using independent sample t-tests.&lt;br /&gt;Results&lt;br /&gt;Participant characteristics&lt;br /&gt;Twenty eight psychiatrists and 92 nurses consented to take part in the study (from a&lt;br /&gt;potential pool of 88 psychiatrists/269 nurses) with 12 psychiatrists and 51 nurses returning a&lt;br /&gt;completed booklet (53%). The mean age of participating psychiatrists was 39 years (SD 7.9;&lt;br /&gt;range 25 – 53), 50% were male and 50% female. The mean age of participating nurses was&lt;br /&gt;40 years (SD 8; range 20 – 54), 40% were male and 60% female.&lt;br /&gt;Agreement between judgements of suicide risk&lt;br /&gt;There was considerable variation in both psychiatrists’ and nurses’ absolute ratings of the&lt;br /&gt;suicide risk for each individual vignette. On average the range between the lowest and highest&lt;br /&gt;ratings for a vignette was 61.3 for psychiatrists and 78.4 for nurses. The range was over 75 in&lt;br /&gt;15/130 (11.5%) cases judged by psychiatrists, and 79/130 (60.8%) cases judged by nurses.&lt;br /&gt;The extent to which clinicians agreed in terms of the relative degree of risk was calculated by&lt;br /&gt;examining the extent to which their judgements for the vignettes correlated with each other&lt;br /&gt;(a significant correlation would indicate that they agreed on cases that were at greater/lesser&lt;br /&gt;risk than others). The correlation of judgements for each clinician across all 130 cases was&lt;br /&gt;compared to all other clinicians, giving a total of 3294 comparisons. Of these 3060 (92.9%)&lt;br /&gt;were significantly positively correlated (p5.01). Agreement ranged from an r=0.018 to&lt;br /&gt;r=0.733, with a mean correlation of 0.416. Agreement between psychiatrists was slightly&lt;br /&gt;greater (98.5% of comparisons significantly positively correlated, mean correlation 0.486)&lt;br /&gt;than agreement between nurses (92.9% of comparisons significantly positively correlated,&lt;br /&gt;mean correlation 0.412).&lt;br /&gt;Concordance between clinicians was assessed using Kendall’s W. The greatest agreement&lt;br /&gt;was between the psychiatrists (W=.5, n=12), with agreement between the nurses slightly&lt;br /&gt;lower (W=.41, n¼51). Concordance when comparing the judgements of the whole&lt;br /&gt;clinician group was also lower (W=.41, n=63).&lt;br /&gt;Reliability of risk judgements&lt;br /&gt;Of the 12 psychiatrists, 7 (58%) had significant (p5.01) correlations between their risk&lt;br /&gt;predictions on their test and retest cases (mean correlation 0.614, range .158 – .737). Of the&lt;br /&gt;51 nurses 11 (22%) had significant correlations (p5.01) between their risk assessments&lt;br /&gt;(mean correlation 0.479, range 0.024 – 0.844). An independent samples t-test of the mean&lt;br /&gt;difference in Fishers z transformations of consistencies indicated that psychiatrists showed&lt;br /&gt;greater reliability in their judgements than nurses did (t(61)=72.053, n=63, p5.05).&lt;br /&gt;Factors influencing risk judgements&lt;br /&gt;Individual judgement policies, which examined how each clinician used information to&lt;br /&gt;reach their judgement of suicide risk, were calculated. The number of significant cues in a&lt;br /&gt;judgement policy that predicted risk judgements varied between clinicians, ranging from 1&lt;br /&gt;to 6. The average number of cues for both psychiatrists and nurses was 3.7, with a median&lt;br /&gt;of 4. There was substantial variation in the fits of the linear regression models (R2)&lt;br /&gt;between participants. The mean adjusted R2 for psychiatrists was 0.34 (median=0.34,&lt;br /&gt;range .22 – .51) and for nurses 0.28 (median 0.29, range .04 – .51).&lt;br /&gt;There was also some variation in the way clinicians were influenced by cues. Mean&lt;br /&gt;standardized beta-weights for each of the cues for psychiatrists and nurses can be seen in&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2.&lt;br /&gt;Figure 3 indicates the percentage of clinicians who had a particular cue as a significant&lt;br /&gt;predictor within their judgement policy, together with the direction of the weighting.&lt;br /&gt;Both psychiatrists and nurses associated suicidal ideation with increased suicide risk,&lt;br /&gt;although psychiatrists were significantly more influenced by this cue (t(61)=2.103,&lt;br /&gt;n=63, p5.05). Psychiatrists were also significantly more influenced by the patient’s&lt;br /&gt;diagnosis than nurses were (t(61)=5.387, n¼63, p=1.0). The number of previous&lt;br /&gt;suicide attempts, being male, lack of clinical improvement, lack of compliance and&lt;br /&gt;shorter admission times were also associated with higher risk of suicide judgments by&lt;br /&gt;both groups of clinicians.&lt;br /&gt;Three of the cues (insight, adverse events and protective factors) were not significant&lt;br /&gt;predictors at all in psychiatrists’ judgement policies. Two cues (co-morbidity and insight)&lt;br /&gt;were not significant predictors in nurses’ judgement policies. Suicidal ideation and previous&lt;br /&gt;suicide attempts were important factors for the majority of psychiatrists and nurses. For 50%&lt;br /&gt;of the psychiatrists, but only 8% of nurses, diagnosis was also an important predictor.&lt;br /&gt;Clinical improvement, length of admission, gender, compliance and hopelessness were&lt;br /&gt;important predictors for between approximately 20% and 40% of clinicians.&lt;br /&gt;Discussion&lt;br /&gt;Clinicians who took part in this study rated the patient cases represented in the scenarios at&lt;br /&gt;varying degrees of risk, often with very large differences in ratings. A patient case therefore&lt;br /&gt;could have likelihood ratings of completing suicide from one practitioner of 25 and from&lt;br /&gt;another of 100. However, when comparing the relative degrees of risk, there appeared to be&lt;br /&gt;consensus regarding cases that were of relatively higher risk, compared to others. Therefore,&lt;br /&gt;although individual clinicians may have different anchor points on a scale related to what&lt;br /&gt;they consider high or low risk to be, they did appear to agree on who was at higher risk&lt;br /&gt;compared to another patient.&lt;br /&gt;What is perhaps of more concern are the results of the analysis of the reliability of&lt;br /&gt;clinicians risk judgements, across the 15 repeated patient cases. Overall psychiatrists were&lt;br /&gt;more likely to provide roughly similar risk assessments for the same case at two different&lt;br /&gt;time points, than nurses. However, for a significant proportion of psychiatrists (42%) and&lt;br /&gt;the majority of nurses (78%), risk judgements across the same patient case at two different&lt;br /&gt;time points were significantly different. This implies that the predicted risk of suicide in the&lt;br /&gt;same patient, exhibiting the same symptoms and behaviour, seen at two different times by&lt;br /&gt;the same clinician could vary substantially. However, low reliability, agreement and&lt;br /&gt;accuracy is also associated with greater uncertainty in the decision task (Harvey, 1995).&lt;br /&gt;These findings may reflect the inherent complexity associated with the prediction of suicide&lt;br /&gt;in this population. An increased familiarity with the task is however, associated with&lt;br /&gt;increased consistency and given the pre-eminent role ascribed to psychiatrists in the decision&lt;br /&gt;making process in most settings this may explain the greater reliability observed in&lt;br /&gt;psychiatrists’ judgements of risk (Shanteau et al., 2003).&lt;br /&gt;Clinical judgement analysis is a method that examines the relationship between the&lt;br /&gt;judgements’ that individuals make and the information they use to make them. The analysis&lt;br /&gt;of judgement policies of clinicians that took part in this study highlighted variation in the&lt;br /&gt;number of information cues clinicians use to inform their judgements of suicide risk, and&lt;br /&gt;some variation in which cues are used according to professional group.&lt;br /&gt;The psychiatrists in our sample were more likely to use the patients’ diagnosis as a&lt;br /&gt;predictor of the likelihood of suicide than nurses, and appeared to place more significance&lt;br /&gt;or weight on the presence of suicidal ideation as a predictor than nurses. However, what is&lt;br /&gt;evident is the extent to which there is considerable agreement between the two groups on&lt;br /&gt;the relative significance of other factors such as previous suicide attempts, gender, length&lt;br /&gt;of admission, clinical improvement, compliance and hopelessness when assessing suicide&lt;br /&gt;risk. Predictive models derived from epidemiological studies suggest that factors such as&lt;br /&gt;suicidal ideation, previous suicide attempts, diagnosis, gender and length of admission are&lt;br /&gt;long term predictors of successful suicide (Cassells et al., 2005) all of which appear as&lt;br /&gt;factors used by clinicians in this study to inform their risk judgements. However,&lt;br /&gt;clinicians’ judgement policies also included other factors, such as clinical improvement,&lt;br /&gt;and compliance when making such risk judgements. These factors, along with others such&lt;br /&gt;as the degree of insight a patient has into their condition, comorbid substance abuse and&lt;br /&gt;social factors (such as the level of social support an individual receives) (Cassells et al.,&lt;br /&gt;2005) have been identified as dynamic or short term factors linked to increased suicide&lt;br /&gt;risk in psychiatric in-patients. It is still uncertain whether using these more short term&lt;br /&gt;factors increases the accuracy of suicide risk predictions within acute psychiatric inpatients.&lt;br /&gt;It is also unclear whether some short term factors are more significant than&lt;br /&gt;others either generally of for individuals when trying to estimate suicide risk. Clinicians’&lt;br /&gt;use of clinical improvement and compliance as predictors of risk within their judgement&lt;br /&gt;policies imply that these factors may have more clinical utility than other short term&lt;br /&gt;factors. However, whether they are more useful in terms of accurate prediction remains&lt;br /&gt;uncertain.&lt;br /&gt;One of the main methodological issues that needs to be considered when examining&lt;br /&gt;the results of studies that use case vignettes is the transferability of subjects performance&lt;br /&gt;from the judgement task simulated in the vignette to their performance in real task&lt;br /&gt;situations. A number of studies have indicated that clinicians performance on ‘‘paper&lt;br /&gt;cases’’ in clinical judgement analysis studies appears to be no different to that on ‘real&lt;br /&gt;patients (Braspenning &amp;amp; Sergeant, 1994; Denig &amp;amp; Rethans, 1996; Kirwan et al., 1983).&lt;br /&gt;In order to increase the transferability, the case vignettes constructed for this study&lt;br /&gt;were based on both evidence from the research literature on key information that is&lt;br /&gt;deemed to be associated with suicide risk in psychiatric in-patients, and expert validity.&lt;br /&gt;However, it should be recognized that clinicians’ information use was limited to that&lt;br /&gt;presented in the case vignettes. Individuals judgements in reality may be influenced by&lt;br /&gt;elements of the task situation such as the context of the ward environment and resource&lt;br /&gt;issues (such as staff availability), which, were not represented in the vignettes used within&lt;br /&gt;this study.&lt;br /&gt;One way to increase the validity of the judgement task that is carried out is to either base&lt;br /&gt;the case vignettes on real patient cases (Skane´r et al., 1998), or to ask clinicians to carry out&lt;br /&gt;judgements in the clinical setting and analyse the patient case retrospectively. Although&lt;br /&gt;these approaches would overcome the limitations of presenting clinicians with paper-based&lt;br /&gt;vignettes, they would also make it harder to control the information that clinicians receive,&lt;br /&gt;or to directly compare clinicians’ judgments and policies. The combination of risk factors&lt;br /&gt;identified and used in this study would probably rarely be recorded in totality for each&lt;br /&gt;in-patient, and often a combination of a number of risk factors together in one&lt;br /&gt;patient case is rare (Powell et al., 2000). If patients are used in clinical practice, then the&lt;br /&gt;ability of comparing clinicians across the same cases for consistency is also lost.&lt;br /&gt;A further issue that should also be acknowledged when considering the results of this&lt;br /&gt;study is the nature of how risk assessments are made in clinical environments. This study&lt;br /&gt;examined the judgements of individual practitioners when studies have highlighted that&lt;br /&gt;this is often a process involving members of the multidisciplinary team (Bowers et al.,&lt;br /&gt;2000).&lt;br /&gt;The prediction of the likelihood of suicide forms one element of the broader process of&lt;br /&gt;risk assessment and management of suicide risk that in turn forms part of the overall care of&lt;br /&gt;the patient. Prediction of suicide risk is however in and of itself a complex task, evidenced by&lt;br /&gt;the difficulties in producing models in those studies that have attempted to identify risk&lt;br /&gt;factors. The importance of clinicians’ judgements is therefore paramount, as they need to&lt;br /&gt;continually evaluate a variety of different information sources to reach a judgement about an&lt;br /&gt;individual patient. Although there were some differences in how psychiatrists and nurses&lt;br /&gt;used and weighted information regarding patients diagnosis and suicidal ideation to inform&lt;br /&gt;their judgements in this study, overall there was remarkable agreement in the relative use&lt;br /&gt;and weighting of information.&lt;br /&gt;Within acute psychiatric in-patient areas, patients who are judged as being at higher&lt;br /&gt;risk of suicide are often identified as requiring intensive support by means of higher&lt;br /&gt;levels of observation/engagement (Bowers et al., 2000). The relationship between risk&lt;br /&gt;assessments and decisions regarding interventions is therefore potentially critical. It has&lt;br /&gt;been suggested that there is a relationship between risk assessments and the level of&lt;br /&gt;observation a patient is placed upon (Kettles et al., 2004). However, research in other&lt;br /&gt;areas has suggested that a clinicians judgements may not necessarily influence their&lt;br /&gt;treatment decisions with the nature of the relationship between judgements reached and&lt;br /&gt;decisions made varying between clinicians (Poses et al., 1995; Sorum et al., 2002).&lt;br /&gt;Despite the relative agreement with which clinicians in this study identified patients they&lt;br /&gt;considered to be at higher or lower risk, relative to other patients, this may not&lt;br /&gt;necessarily lead to agreement regarding the interventions those patients receive. The&lt;br /&gt;relationship between the risk judgements made by the clinicians in this study and their&lt;br /&gt;subsequent decisions regarding observation level are however the subject of a further&lt;br /&gt;paper currently in preparation.&lt;br /&gt;Overall, psychiatrists and nurses appear to agree on the characteristics of patients who are&lt;br /&gt;considered to be at higher or lower risk of suicide, within acute psychiatric in-patient&lt;br /&gt;environments. They use a mixture of both long term predictive factors and more dynamic&lt;br /&gt;short term factors, to inform these judgements. There are some discrepancies in the&lt;br /&gt;importance that different professional groups attach to the patients diagnosis and level of&lt;br /&gt;suicidal ideation, when making judgements. However, it has been possible from this study to&lt;br /&gt;provide some transparency as to the way in which clinicians use different predictive factors&lt;br /&gt;to inform their judgements regarding imminent suicide risk in acute psychiatric in-patients,&lt;br /&gt;an area under explored to date. The inconsistency in risk judgments observed is significant&lt;br /&gt;and must cast some doubt on the validity of using predictive models based on aggregated&lt;br /&gt;risk factors.&lt;br /&gt;Alternative approaches to risk management focused not on statistical models but rather&lt;br /&gt;the lived experiences of service users may though offer scope for improved patient outcomes&lt;br /&gt;in this area. Such improvements may lie however not in any improved accuracy in the&lt;br /&gt;prediction of suicide risk but instead in terms of a decreased likelihood of suicide both&lt;br /&gt;during and after the in-patient episode. A phenomenological perspective on suicide suggests&lt;br /&gt;that we must seek to understand individuals’ unique reasons for suicide and not committing&lt;br /&gt;suicide at a particular point in time. Central to this perspective is the belief that suicide is an&lt;br /&gt;endpoint in a trajectory following high levels of societal, intra and interpersonal stress which&lt;br /&gt;result in unendurable psychological pain described, compellingly by Shneidman (1993a) as&lt;br /&gt;‘‘psychache’’. In the context of such unbearable distress suicide becomes a compelling and&lt;br /&gt;even attractive means of escape. Risk factors such as suicidal attempts and suicidal thoughts&lt;br /&gt;are expressions of distress which can exist independently or co-exist with underlying&lt;br /&gt;pathology. An understanding of the sources of stress, particularly at an individual level is&lt;br /&gt;therefore necessary because it is the individuals idiosyncratically understood psychological&lt;br /&gt;anguish which is the driving force behind suicide and not simply an aggregated collection of&lt;br /&gt;risk factors (Shneidman, 1993b). Adopting a phenomenological model of suicide prevention&lt;br /&gt;seeks therefore to ascertain in partnership with the service user their reasons for living and&lt;br /&gt;dying (Jobes, 2000, p. 11). These reasons, revisited regularly, form the basis of a care plan&lt;br /&gt;which focuses not on the treatment of the disorder but on addressing explicitly these issues&lt;br /&gt;which the patient gives for wishing to kill themselves as treatment priorities, whilst&lt;br /&gt;maintaining and expanding on the reasons for the patient’s ambiguity about suicide (i.e.,&lt;br /&gt;their reasons for not committing suicide). Practice is focused on changing the balance in&lt;br /&gt;favour of living with suicide seen not as a symptom of a mental illness which can be&lt;br /&gt;addressed via treatment of the supposedly underlying disorder but simply as a coping&lt;br /&gt;strategy ‘‘albeit a limited and problematic one’’ (Jobes, 2000, p. 11). The challenge for&lt;br /&gt;clinicians in such circumstances becomes not how to assess risk accurately but instead how&lt;br /&gt;to engage constructively with the service user in order to enable them to want, and be able,&lt;br /&gt;to ‘‘say yes to life’’ (Degan, 1996, cited by Barker, 2003, p. 97) not just in hospital but after&lt;br /&gt;discharge.&lt;br /&gt;The presence of a collection of risk factors whether static, e.g., diagnosis, history of&lt;br /&gt;previous attempts or more dynamic such a recent history of substance misuse or the loss of a&lt;br /&gt;significant relationship may tell us that the individual falls into a particular risk category. It&lt;br /&gt;cannot reliably predict the choices that individual will make in the short term regarding&lt;br /&gt;suicide. Engaging with the individual patient and their lived experience of that world on an&lt;br /&gt;ongoing basis may however allow us to understand why for some patients at some times&lt;br /&gt;suicide can come to seem their only option. Only by doing so can we then begin to explore&lt;br /&gt;with the patient what they feel might need to change in order for them to decide to choose&lt;br /&gt;life over death.&lt;br /&gt;Conclusion&lt;br /&gt;One interpretation of one of the findings of this study in terms of the inconsistent judgement&lt;br /&gt;by clinicians might be that it lends weight to calls for further training of clinicians. However,&lt;br /&gt;where as in this case there is no valid predictive model in which the relative importance that&lt;br /&gt;should attached by clinicians is known then the question becomes what might such training&lt;br /&gt;be expected to deliver in terms of improving the predictive accuracy of the judgement&lt;br /&gt;reached. Practitioners should be under no illusions regarding the irreducible uncertainties&lt;br /&gt;involved in making short term predictions of suicide risk in in-patient settings no matter the&lt;br /&gt;approach used (Simon, 2006). This does not mean that the present practice of routinely&lt;br /&gt;incorporating consideration of such risk factors into the risk assessment process should be&lt;br /&gt;abandoned. The significant limitations involved in predicting risk based only on such&lt;br /&gt;information must however be acknowledged and greater efforts to incorporate a&lt;br /&gt;phenomenological perspective on suicide risk assessment and management into practice&lt;br /&gt;should be made.</description><link>http://order-ultram-online.blogspot.com/2008/02/managing-risk-of-suicide-in-acute.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Landrogek)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5477654376337753520.post-4051786185781145212</guid><pubDate>Mon, 25 Feb 2008 18:24:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2008-02-25T10:31:41.694-08:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">doctors</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">medicines</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">online pharmacy</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">pills</category><title>Choosing a course of study and career in pharmacy—student attitudes  and intentions across three years at a New Zealand School of Pharmacy</title><description>Abstract&lt;br /&gt;Factors influencing undergraduates’ selection of Pharmacy as a course of study, career, study and professional perspectives were evaluated by survey over the years 2004–2006 at Otago University, New Zealand. Altruistic intent emerged as a powerful motivator for choosing pharmacy and entrepreneurial career intentions were prominent. A sizeable though declining number&lt;br /&gt;of students selected pharmacy secondarily to medicine or dentistry. Gender differences were found between intended areas of practice.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Introduction&lt;br /&gt;Graduates from the National School of Pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;(NSP) atOtago University represent just over half of all&lt;br /&gt;Pharmacy graduates educated in New Zealand. In the&lt;br /&gt;year 2006, these students constituted 45% of additions&lt;br /&gt;to the practising register, with other significant&lt;br /&gt;additions being from Auckland University (23%) and&lt;br /&gt;UK/Ireland (21%; Pharmacy Council of New Zealand,&lt;br /&gt;2005a). The motivations, career aspirations and&lt;br /&gt;choices ofNSP studentswill therefore have a significant&lt;br /&gt;influence on the future practice and culture of&lt;br /&gt;Pharmacy both in New Zealand and on the work&lt;br /&gt;overseas that many will pursue. Indirectly, selection&lt;br /&gt;criteria used to admit students to the BPharm course&lt;br /&gt;will also play a role in shaping the next generation of&lt;br /&gt;pharmacists.&lt;br /&gt;Choosing pharmacy as a course of study—demographics&lt;br /&gt;and motivations&lt;br /&gt;The choice by students of any undergraduate degree&lt;br /&gt;involves many factors, including but not limited&lt;br /&gt;to: socioeconomic variables, gender and ethnicity,&lt;br /&gt;academic ability and academic self-concept, career&lt;br /&gt;ambitions, personality, and prior educational attainment&lt;br /&gt;(Van de Werfhorst, Sullivan, &amp;amp; Cheung, 2003;&lt;br /&gt;Reay, Davies, David, &amp;amp; Ball, 2001; Pike, 2006; Porter&lt;br /&gt;&amp;amp; Umbach, 2006; Abowitz, 2006). Recent studies in&lt;br /&gt;the UK have indicated that there are increasing&lt;br /&gt;numbers of women studying pharmacy, with almost&lt;br /&gt;twice as many women as men qualifying as pharmacists&lt;br /&gt;in 2005 (Hassell &amp;amp; Eden, 2006) leading to&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy now being described as a “female-dominated”&lt;br /&gt;profession (Hassell, 2003). The ethnic mix of&lt;br /&gt;pharmacists in the UK is also becoming more diverse,&lt;br /&gt;with around 25% of newly qualified pharmacists now&lt;br /&gt;recorded as being “Asian British” (Hassell &amp;amp; Eden,&lt;br /&gt;2006)—that is to say Indian, Pakistani or Bangladeshi—&lt;br /&gt;compared with 4% of the population (Census,&lt;br /&gt;1991/2001). Black British and Chinese ethnic groups&lt;br /&gt;are also growing in representation (Hassell &amp;amp; Eden,&lt;br /&gt;2006), though there is huge variability in the makeup&lt;br /&gt;of course cohorts around the country (Willis,&lt;br /&gt;Shann, &amp;amp; Hassell, 2006d).&lt;br /&gt;Race or ethnicity has in a different way been shown&lt;br /&gt;to be strongly associated with the pursuit of a&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy degree and career. A US investigation into&lt;br /&gt;whether individuals who had initially expressed an&lt;br /&gt;interest in pharmacy subsequently pursued this field,&lt;br /&gt;found that Hispanic or “other” ethnic group students&lt;br /&gt;were 12 times more likely than White students to&lt;br /&gt;continue with their plans to become pharmacists&lt;br /&gt;(Cline, Mott, &amp;amp; Schommer, 1999). This study found&lt;br /&gt;that those with higher grade point averages and career&lt;br /&gt;commitments were also more likely to apply to study&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy, suggesting that “despite pharmacy’s&lt;br /&gt;uncertain future, it is still able to attract academically&lt;br /&gt;qualified students” (P399). The role of ethnicity,&lt;br /&gt;attitudinal traits and academic factors have been&lt;br /&gt;found to interplay in other ways, for example with&lt;br /&gt;family influence in choice of pharmacy as a career&lt;br /&gt;reported to be particularly strong for non-White&lt;br /&gt;students (Willis, Shann, &amp;amp; Hassell, 2006a).&lt;br /&gt;The strongest motivating factor to study pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;in the UK has recently been found to relate to its being&lt;br /&gt;a science-based course, with other extrinsic and&lt;br /&gt;intrinsic motivators also featuring—namely career&lt;br /&gt;status and prospects, and a desire to help people and&lt;br /&gt;to work with patients (Willis et al., 2006d). In&lt;br /&gt;Australia, extrinsic factors relating to self-employment&lt;br /&gt;and salary, and intrinsic factors relating to a liking for&lt;br /&gt;science, interpersonal aspects and a desire to be socially&lt;br /&gt;useful have all been found to influence students’ choice&lt;br /&gt;of pharmacy as a degree (Roller, 2004). At the graduate&lt;br /&gt;entry level, future employment prospects and a desire&lt;br /&gt;to make a contribution to healthcare feature most&lt;br /&gt;highly as factors influencing decision to study&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy (Davey, Evans, &amp;amp; Stupans, 2006). Consistency&lt;br /&gt;in motivations to study pharmacy across time and&lt;br /&gt;cultures is indicated when it is considered that similar&lt;br /&gt;findings relating to science, salaries and a “desire to&lt;br /&gt;help humanity” were obtained in the US from the&lt;br /&gt;1950s through to the 1970s (Cline et al., 1999; Pratt,&lt;br /&gt;1956; Smith, Gibson, &amp;amp; Mikeal, 1974).&lt;br /&gt;Around 75% of UK pharmacy students initially&lt;br /&gt;chose pharmacy as their first course of study, with white&lt;br /&gt;females most likely to take pharmacy as a first choice&lt;br /&gt;(84%;Willis et al., 2006a). Ethnicity also emerged as a&lt;br /&gt;factor in first degree selection, with almost four times as&lt;br /&gt;many non-White students reporting pharmacy was not&lt;br /&gt;their first choice of degree, compared with White&lt;br /&gt;students. At the NSP, it is said to be “inevitable” that a&lt;br /&gt;portion of undergraduates will not have opted first for&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy, as the majority of students take a common&lt;br /&gt;health sciences first year and subsequently compete for&lt;br /&gt;entry to pharmacy, medicine, dentistry and physiotherapy&lt;br /&gt;courses, for all of which they may apply at the end&lt;br /&gt;of this year (Shaw, 2000).&lt;br /&gt;Selection criteria&lt;br /&gt;Admission to pharmacy at NSP is mostly based on&lt;br /&gt;students obtaining a minimum of an average B grade&lt;br /&gt;(70%) in the common health sciences first year.&lt;br /&gt;A smaller number of students are admitted from&lt;br /&gt;second or subsequent year of study, usually at Otago,&lt;br /&gt;or as “competitive” graduates (of a New Zealand&lt;br /&gt;university within the previous 3 years). An “alternative&lt;br /&gt;applicant” category brings in a few others: those who&lt;br /&gt;may have graduated from a New Zealand university&lt;br /&gt;more than 3 years previously; those who have obtained&lt;br /&gt;degrees, usually in medicine or pharmacy, from an&lt;br /&gt;overseas university; and those who have worked as an&lt;br /&gt;allied health professional (most often a pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;technician or nurse) for 5 years or more. All such&lt;br /&gt;applicants are required to have passed the subjects of&lt;br /&gt;Otago’s common health sciences first year course (or&lt;br /&gt;the equivalents) and to have demonstrated competence&lt;br /&gt;in English. A certain degree of positive&lt;br /&gt;discrimination exists in that students who are Maori&lt;br /&gt;or Pacific Islanders may be brought into the BPharm&lt;br /&gt;programme even if they achieve only an average of&lt;br /&gt;65% or more during their pre-admission year(s). Only&lt;br /&gt;about 1–2 students are admitted in this way each year,&lt;br /&gt;however. Very few applicants for admission are&lt;br /&gt;interviewed—only those applying as “alternative”&lt;br /&gt;candidates and for whom English is not their first&lt;br /&gt;language.&lt;br /&gt;In the UK, A-level grades have been found to show&lt;br /&gt;a small but significant correlation with grades at&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy undergraduate level and thus it has been&lt;br /&gt;argued that both teachers’ estimates of A-level&lt;br /&gt;performance and actual A-level scores remain useful&lt;br /&gt;in selection and forecasting (Foy &amp;amp; Waller, 1987).&lt;br /&gt;A-level biology scores may perhaps be a stronger&lt;br /&gt;predictor of performance in a pharmacy degree, and&lt;br /&gt;English ability at entry level is also important as an&lt;br /&gt;indicator of student success (Sharif, Gifford, Morris,&lt;br /&gt;&amp;amp; Barber, 2003). Given that pharmacy undergraduates&lt;br /&gt;must have the capacity to acquire diverse&lt;br /&gt;scientific knowledge and skills, as well as developing&lt;br /&gt;the knowledge and interpersonal skills of pharmaceutical&lt;br /&gt;care, it is also reasonable to ask whether there&lt;br /&gt;might be other selection criteria also applicable to&lt;br /&gt;undergraduate admissions. With respect to the&lt;br /&gt;contemporary focus of pharmacy practice as one&lt;br /&gt;centred on patient care (Strand, Cipolle, Morley, &amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;Frakes, 2004), it has been suggested that formal&lt;br /&gt;assessments of self-reported empathy be used in the&lt;br /&gt;admissions processes of pharmacy schools. Similarly,&lt;br /&gt;with reference to the scientific demands of the course,&lt;br /&gt;that critical thinking skills and mathematical ability&lt;br /&gt;should be taken into account, in addition to a range of&lt;br /&gt;other non-academic and affective qualities (Duncan-&lt;br /&gt;Hewitt, 1996).&lt;br /&gt;The use of a variety of aptitude tests for pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;admissions is now commonplace in the US (Chesnut &amp;amp;&lt;br /&gt;Phillips, 2000), for example the Pharmacy College&lt;br /&gt;Admission Test (PCAT; Duncan-Hewitt, 1996;&lt;br /&gt;Chesnut &amp;amp; Phillips, 2000), which incorporates&lt;br /&gt;measures of communication skills, reasoning ability&lt;br /&gt;and chemistry- and biology-specific knowledge (American&lt;br /&gt;Association of Colleges of Pharmacy, 2006).&lt;br /&gt;Currently, no equivalent pharmacy admissions test&lt;br /&gt;exists at the NSP; however, students pursuing entry&lt;br /&gt;into medicine or dentistry from the common health&lt;br /&gt;sciences first year are admitted in part according to&lt;br /&gt;their performance on the UMAT (Undergraduate&lt;br /&gt;Medicine and Health Sciences Admissions Test).&lt;br /&gt;Given the potential relevance of various factors which&lt;br /&gt;may be used in admissions, ranging from interpersonal&lt;br /&gt;relations to problem-solving skills to ethical awareness&lt;br /&gt;(Chesnut &amp;amp; Phillips, 2000), the novel step was taken&lt;br /&gt;in this study to ask students themselves, what they&lt;br /&gt;consider to be important and relevant selection&lt;br /&gt;criteria for the pharmacy degree.&lt;br /&gt;Career aspirations—professional intentions and influences&lt;br /&gt;In the US, a study of eight Pharmacy Schools&lt;br /&gt;indicated that the majority of students (71%) have&lt;br /&gt;career aspirations that are strongly oriented towards&lt;br /&gt;“direct patient care”, although concern is expressed&lt;br /&gt;that this may be at odds with the realities of drug&lt;br /&gt;distribution-based pharmacy likely to be encountered&lt;br /&gt;in the professional workplace (Siracuse, Schondelmeyer,&lt;br /&gt;Hadsall, &amp;amp; Schommer, 2004). This study also&lt;br /&gt;found evidence that the more career-committed of&lt;br /&gt;students will also be those aspiring to work in direct&lt;br /&gt;patient care. Others have found that the “professional&lt;br /&gt;subculture” of students entering pharmacy is comparable&lt;br /&gt;to nursing and medical students as regards&lt;br /&gt;their emphasis on patient care (Horsburgh, Perkins,&lt;br /&gt;Coyle, &amp;amp; Degeling, 2006).&lt;br /&gt;Pharmacy students in the UK apparently possess a&lt;br /&gt;strong expectation that they will work very hard no&lt;br /&gt;matter what pharmacy job they acquire—95% believe&lt;br /&gt;this to be the case—and 80% state they are very&lt;br /&gt;ambitious about their pharmacy career (Willis et al.,&lt;br /&gt;2006a). Diverse factors have been shown to affect the&lt;br /&gt;choice made by students about specific career paths,&lt;br /&gt;including previous work experience, the influence of&lt;br /&gt;sections of the undergraduate syllabus directed&lt;br /&gt;towards pharmacy practice (Siverthorne, Price, Hanning,&lt;br /&gt;Scanlan, &amp;amp; Cantrill, 2003) and practical matters&lt;br /&gt;such as salary and work location, a desire for personal&lt;br /&gt;fulfilment and to help patients (Carvajal &amp;amp; Hardigan,&lt;br /&gt;1999; Carter &amp;amp; Segal, 1989).&lt;br /&gt;As recently as 2000, concern has been expressed&lt;br /&gt;that hospital pharmacy in the UK is said at the&lt;br /&gt;undergraduate level to have an “image problem”,&lt;br /&gt;being considered elitist, badly paid, dull and repetitive&lt;br /&gt;(Hatfield, Marriott, &amp;amp; Harper, 2000). In contrast to&lt;br /&gt;this (or perhaps evidence of a shift in attitude and&lt;br /&gt;intention of students), more UK students stated that&lt;br /&gt;they were at least “certain” that “in 10 years time”&lt;br /&gt;they wanted a career in hospital pharmacy (60%)&lt;br /&gt;compared to any other career option, although&lt;br /&gt;significant interest was shown in community practice&lt;br /&gt;(proprietor, 33%; employed by multiple, 51%),&lt;br /&gt;working abroad (43%) and primary care (37%; Willis&lt;br /&gt;et al., 2006a). Given that more than one option was&lt;br /&gt;permitted in this survey, students do appear to be&lt;br /&gt;hedging their bets to an extent, but these figures at&lt;br /&gt;least suggest an open-mindedness about the practice&lt;br /&gt;sites available to them.&lt;br /&gt;Of those intending to work in the community sector&lt;br /&gt;in the UK, strong entrepreneurial intentions are&lt;br /&gt;evident, with 44% of male students and 28% of female&lt;br /&gt;students saying they are certain they want to own a&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy (Willis et al., 2006a) and pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;ownership reported as the top ambition for students&lt;br /&gt;(Wilson, Jesson, Langley, Hatfield, &amp;amp; Clarke, 2006).&lt;br /&gt;The proportion of these individuals who will attain&lt;br /&gt;their ambitions, given the decline of the independent&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy in Britain, remains to be seen, however.&lt;br /&gt;Consequences of the “feminisation” of pharmacy relate&lt;br /&gt;to the likelihood of women working part time once in&lt;br /&gt;their 30s, and gravitating towards temporary community&lt;br /&gt;work (Hassell, 2003). It has been suggested also&lt;br /&gt;that this feminising shift may at least correlate with&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy itself becoming a more attractive career for&lt;br /&gt;women than men (Gidman &amp;amp; Hassell, 2005).&lt;br /&gt;Attitudes and career intentions in pharmacy have&lt;br /&gt;not been as clearly elucidated in New Zealand.&lt;br /&gt;However, given that currently 2100 (82%) of&lt;br /&gt;pharmacists work in the community sector and 300&lt;br /&gt;pharmacists (10%) in the hospital sector (Pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;Council of New Zealand, 2005b) it could be valuable&lt;br /&gt;to assess students’ perceptions of these and other&lt;br /&gt;career paths.&lt;br /&gt;Aims of this study&lt;br /&gt;This study evaluated factors influencing students’&lt;br /&gt;decisions to study pharmacy and to work as health&lt;br /&gt;professionals, aswell as the characteristics they consider&lt;br /&gt;important for selection to the course and for practising&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy. Also investigated were pharmacy students’&lt;br /&gt;career aspirations and intentions, and the relative&lt;br /&gt;importance and attraction of various professional&lt;br /&gt;activities and incentives. NSP students across three&lt;br /&gt;separate cohorts and years were surveyed to examine&lt;br /&gt;for commonalities and trends in these areas.&lt;br /&gt;Method&lt;br /&gt;This study, approved by the University of Otago&lt;br /&gt;Human Ethics Committee, was developed in December/&lt;br /&gt;January 2002/2003 following a series of interviews&lt;br /&gt;and focus group discussions with current and recently&lt;br /&gt;graduated students. It was piloted in 2003 by a&lt;br /&gt;group of student researchers on that year’s second year&lt;br /&gt;intake, following which a number of minor adjustments&lt;br /&gt;were made to ensure consistency and ease of&lt;br /&gt;analysis. The questionnaire has since then been&lt;br /&gt;administered routinely to each incoming second year&lt;br /&gt;class at the start of their first lecture, in the School of&lt;br /&gt;Pharmacy. This first lecture which introduces students&lt;br /&gt;to the School and pharmacy profession, is attended by&lt;br /&gt;most students, all of whom have just been admitted&lt;br /&gt;into the BPharm programme. The results presented in&lt;br /&gt;this paper relate to the second year students of 2004–&lt;br /&gt;2006.&lt;br /&gt;The (anonymous) questionnaires were distributed&lt;br /&gt;around the lecture theatre before the start of the lecture.&lt;br /&gt;Students were then given 15 min to complete the&lt;br /&gt;surveys and were asked to do so in silence, without&lt;br /&gt;reference to their neighbours. At the end of the allotted&lt;br /&gt;time, class representatives collected the completed&lt;br /&gt;questionnaires and handed them to the academic staff&lt;br /&gt;member present (who was not one of the researchers).&lt;br /&gt;The questionnaire consisted of 24 separate questions,&lt;br /&gt;many of which were subdivided into further&lt;br /&gt;categories of choice. Most questions were multiplechoice,&lt;br /&gt;requiring respondents to rate statements on a&lt;br /&gt;Likert-type scale of 1–5, with 1 being not at all&lt;br /&gt;important/ not at all interested through to 5 as most&lt;br /&gt;important/ very interested. Other questions asked&lt;br /&gt;students to rate order of importance of factors (e.g.&lt;br /&gt;order of priority of factors influencing decision to&lt;br /&gt;study pharmacy) or to make selections from alternatives&lt;br /&gt;(e.g. ethnicity).&lt;br /&gt;The following areas from the survey questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;were analysed for the period 2004–2006:&lt;br /&gt;1. Why do you want to work as a health professional?&lt;br /&gt;(rating scale 1–5, 17 statements)&lt;br /&gt;2. Which three of these factors (statements from&lt;br /&gt;Question 1) were the most important in your&lt;br /&gt;decision? (Please list in order of priority)&lt;br /&gt;3. What, in your opinion, are the most important&lt;br /&gt;attributes that the School of Pharmacy should&lt;br /&gt;consider when selecting people for the Bachelor of&lt;br /&gt;Pharmacy programme? (rating scale 1–5, 12&lt;br /&gt;statements)&lt;br /&gt;4. When you applied for admission to the Health&lt;br /&gt;Sciences, was Pharmacy your first preference?&lt;br /&gt;(yes/no) If not, please state which programmes&lt;br /&gt;were preferred.&lt;br /&gt;5. At this stage in your BPharm programme, do you&lt;br /&gt;want to become a pharmacist? (yes/no)&lt;br /&gt;6. Community pharmacists are involved in many of&lt;br /&gt;the following activities in their day to day work.&lt;br /&gt;Which activities are of most interest to you? (rating&lt;br /&gt;scale 1–5, 11 statements)&lt;br /&gt;7. What aspects of being a pharmacist are most&lt;br /&gt;important to you? (rating scale 1–5, 14 statements)&lt;br /&gt;8. During my working life, I would like . . . (tick as&lt;br /&gt;many phrases as you feel apply [12 statements])&lt;br /&gt;9. If you had to choose a pharmacy career path today, in&lt;br /&gt;what field would it be? (Please tick one [6 options])&lt;br /&gt;Further questions were also asked about gender,&lt;br /&gt;age, ethnicity, language spoken and residency status.&lt;br /&gt;Data were collated and analysed for all student&lt;br /&gt;responses over the 3 years (n = 351) and separately for&lt;br /&gt;each year to examine for trends. Participants’&lt;br /&gt;responses between questions were not linked for the&lt;br /&gt;2005 data, so analyses linking responses from different&lt;br /&gt;questions are only presented for 2004 and 2006.&lt;br /&gt;In addition to reporting descriptive statistics,&lt;br /&gt;participants were forced to rank only three factors in&lt;br /&gt;Question 2. Thus ranking data in Figure 1 represent&lt;br /&gt;the mean number of times participants ranked a factor&lt;br /&gt;as primary importance (3), secondary importance (2),&lt;br /&gt;and tertiary importance (1). A score of 3 would&lt;br /&gt;indicate all participants said a factor was the most&lt;br /&gt;important; conversely a score of 0 indicates a factor&lt;br /&gt;was not ranked in the top 3 by any participant.&lt;br /&gt;Using the two smallest cohorts (2004 and 2006), it&lt;br /&gt;was estimated using G*Power 3 that with 80%power, a&lt;br /&gt;two-tailed pairwise comparison would be able to detect&lt;br /&gt;an effect of d ¼ 0.38. By convention, values of 0.2 and&lt;br /&gt;0.5 are considered to be small and medium respectively,&lt;br /&gt;meaning that where differences were not found,&lt;br /&gt;any real differences are likely to be close to small in size.&lt;br /&gt;Results&lt;br /&gt;A total of 351 students completed the survey (2004,&lt;br /&gt;n ¼ 103; 2005 n ¼ 125; 2006, n ¼ 123) representing&lt;br /&gt;98% of the total of three cohorts. All students in 2005&lt;br /&gt;and 2006 completed the survey; 103 of 110 students&lt;br /&gt;did so in 2004. There was a small level of nonresponse&lt;br /&gt;on some questions, but this appears to be a&lt;br /&gt;student accidentally omitting a question rather than&lt;br /&gt;systematically not responding.&lt;br /&gt;Motivations to study pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;The left-hand panel of Figure 1 shows a strong degree of&lt;br /&gt;consistency between years as to the primary ranked&lt;br /&gt;motivations of students to work as a health professional&lt;br /&gt;(Question 2). By far, the most highly ranked motivation&lt;br /&gt;was a desire to work in a job where they “care for/&lt;br /&gt;help people”, which was twice as highly ranked as&lt;br /&gt;the next highest motivation, an “interest in human&lt;br /&gt;biology”. A job involving interaction with people, a high&lt;br /&gt;salary, a desire to work in the community, a desire to&lt;br /&gt;own a business and a number of other aspects also&lt;br /&gt;featured as important motivators. University publicity,&lt;br /&gt;friends studying in the health sciences, family tradition&lt;br /&gt;and “having high grades but not knowing what else to&lt;br /&gt;do” were the least reported reasons for wanting to work&lt;br /&gt;as a health professional.&lt;br /&gt;The right-hand panel of Figure 1 presents mean&lt;br /&gt;rating data for the same factors. Few trends across the&lt;br /&gt;surveyed years were evident in students’ motivations to&lt;br /&gt;work as a health professional, with the exception of a&lt;br /&gt;desire for a “career in research”. Over the 3 years,&lt;br /&gt;there was an approximately 15% increase in the&lt;br /&gt;importance placed on this factor. It would seem&lt;br /&gt;therefore that students coming into the pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;course are increasingly explicitly considering a research&lt;br /&gt;career at an early stage. It is also interesting to note the&lt;br /&gt;difference in responses between the ranking and rating&lt;br /&gt;data. For example, students were clearly interested in&lt;br /&gt;learning new technology, but it was not a top priority.&lt;br /&gt;Admissions criteria&lt;br /&gt;Figure 2 shows that students rated being a good&lt;br /&gt;communicator with good English (language skills) as&lt;br /&gt;the top attributes that they considered the School&lt;br /&gt;should considerwhen selecting people for the pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;programme. Highmarks in health sciences first year and&lt;br /&gt;in science at schoolwere also highly-rated, aswas having&lt;br /&gt;an “orderly/controlled mind”. Those attributes considered&lt;br /&gt;least important fromthe options presented were&lt;br /&gt;a previous tertiary qualification, being an older student&lt;br /&gt;and high marks in arts subjects at school.&lt;br /&gt;Study and career commitment&lt;br /&gt;A large, but slightly decreasing number of students&lt;br /&gt;opted first for medicine or dentistry on application&lt;br /&gt;from health sciences, with those opting for pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;as their first choice ranging between 38 and 50%.&lt;br /&gt;2006 was the first year of the three that more&lt;br /&gt;students selected pharmacy as their first preference&lt;br /&gt;than did not (50% (CI: 42–59) in 2006, vs. 38%&lt;br /&gt;(CI: 30–47) in 2005 and 46% (CI: 36–56) in 2004).&lt;br /&gt;One notable trend is the decreasing numbers of&lt;br /&gt;students opting for medicine as their first preference,&lt;br /&gt;from 38% (CI: 29–48) of applicants in 2004 to 33%&lt;br /&gt;(CI: 25–41) in 2005 and 24% (17–32) in 2006.&lt;br /&gt;There appeared to be an increasing conviction&lt;br /&gt;among students that they wished to become “a&lt;br /&gt;pharmacist”. In 2004, 82% (CI: 75–90) of students&lt;br /&gt;stated they “want to become a pharmacist”, in 2005&lt;br /&gt;this rose to 89% (CI: 84–95) and 2006 to 98% (CI:&lt;br /&gt;95–100). Of the 3 students in 2006 who said they&lt;br /&gt;did not, one stated they would prefer to go into&lt;br /&gt;research.&lt;br /&gt;Matters of interest and importance in a pharmacy career&lt;br /&gt;There appeared to be a sharp division in interest in&lt;br /&gt;aspects of the role of the community pharmacist,&lt;br /&gt;between the “generic” work of selling products,&lt;br /&gt;arranging staff duties and administration, and health&lt;br /&gt;care-specificwork such as offering health promotionand&lt;br /&gt;compounding drugs. Students rated the eight health&lt;br /&gt;care-specific activities presented as being of similar&lt;br /&gt;interest (each receiving an average rating of around 4 out&lt;br /&gt;of 5) and the three generic items at around 3 out of 5&lt;br /&gt;(Figure 3). Out of the eleven activities presented for&lt;br /&gt;rating, students rated “listening to patients” and&lt;br /&gt;“interviewing people” most highly, suggesting a&lt;br /&gt;particular enthusiasm for the interpersonal aspects of&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy work.&lt;br /&gt;“Reliable employment” and “steady job” were the&lt;br /&gt;highest-rated aspects of being a pharmacist followed&lt;br /&gt;closely by “ability to travel” (Figure 4). A number of&lt;br /&gt;other factors were also rated, including professional&lt;br /&gt;status, a good salary and working in the health sciences&lt;br /&gt;and in the community. The least-rated aspect is&lt;br /&gt;“working in a retail shop”.&lt;br /&gt;Looking at trends evident in Figure 4, there was a&lt;br /&gt;slight decrease in importance placed on the “ability to&lt;br /&gt;travel with my qualification” as an important aspect of&lt;br /&gt;being a pharmacist over the years (though it is still&lt;br /&gt;rated highly), a similar decline in the importance&lt;br /&gt;placed on salary, and a corresponding increase shown&lt;br /&gt;in the importance of “owning my own pharmacy”.&lt;br /&gt;Career aspirations&lt;br /&gt;Looking to the future, an overwhelming majority of&lt;br /&gt;students (87% averaged over 2004–2006) stated that,&lt;br /&gt;during their working life they would like to be able to&lt;br /&gt;live and work outside New Zealand (Figure 5). There&lt;br /&gt;is some evidence of this declining in later years. A high&lt;br /&gt;proportion of students (62%) would like to find work&lt;br /&gt;in New Zealand, however, and only 11% say they want&lt;br /&gt;to move away from New Zealand permanently.&lt;br /&gt;Over two-thirds of students, stated they would like&lt;br /&gt;to own a business at some point during their working&lt;br /&gt;life. Furthermore, when asked separately to indicate&lt;br /&gt;what pharmacy career path they would choose “if they&lt;br /&gt;had to today” the majority chose “owner, community&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy (urban)”. This choice has remained&lt;br /&gt;relatively constant over the years (Figure 6). There&lt;br /&gt;has been a decline in the number of students stating&lt;br /&gt;they would choose a career in hospital pharmacy. Only&lt;br /&gt;small numbers of students each year (around 4%)&lt;br /&gt;indicated they would choose a career as a lecturer or in&lt;br /&gt;public administration.&lt;br /&gt;Undergraduate demographics&lt;br /&gt;New Zealanders of European descent made up the&lt;br /&gt;largest proportion of students at NSP at 39% with&lt;br /&gt;sizeable other groups being ethnic Chinese (19%),&lt;br /&gt;Korean (9%), Taiwanese (7%), Malay (6%), (Fijian)&lt;br /&gt;Indian (6%) and Middle-Eastern (5%), though it is&lt;br /&gt;worth noting that there are 25 separate ethnic&lt;br /&gt;groups/nationalities listed in responses.&lt;br /&gt;The male to female ratio of students studying&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy has been consistent since the mid 1970s, at&lt;br /&gt;about two-thirds female to one-third male students&lt;br /&gt;(64–36%). This contrasts with the university student&lt;br /&gt;profile as a whole, which is 55% female and 45% male.&lt;br /&gt;The majority of students beginning the course are 18&lt;br /&gt;or 19 years old (around 80%), with around 15% aged&lt;br /&gt;20–22, and less than 5% aged 23 or over.&lt;br /&gt;Gender and ethnic differences&lt;br /&gt;Gender differences were found to exist in the career&lt;br /&gt;aspirations of students (Figure 7). Only 2004 and 2006&lt;br /&gt;datawere able to be analysed for effects, and across both&lt;br /&gt;years female students were more likely than males to&lt;br /&gt;indicate that they would choose hospital pharmacy “if&lt;br /&gt;you had to choose a pharmacy career path today”&lt;br /&gt;(females 37% versus males 20%; p = 0.006). There&lt;br /&gt;were no significant differences between male and female&lt;br /&gt;students in their preferences for an urban pharmacy or&lt;br /&gt;rural pharmacy career. However, male students were&lt;br /&gt;twice as likely as female students to opt for research as a&lt;br /&gt;career path (females 13% versus males 31%,&lt;br /&gt;p , 0.001). When asked whether during their working&lt;br /&gt;life students wanted to own a business, 89% of male&lt;br /&gt;students indicated this as a careerambition,with 81%of&lt;br /&gt;females saying they did, though this difference was not&lt;br /&gt;significant.&lt;br /&gt;Students’ ethnicity appeared to be one determinant&lt;br /&gt;of whether they studied pharmacy as a first choice, with&lt;br /&gt;New Zealand/European students far more likely to have&lt;br /&gt;done so than students from other ethnic groups (63%&lt;br /&gt;NZ European versus 37% all “others”; p , 0.001). It&lt;br /&gt;was not possible to separate out different ethnicities in a&lt;br /&gt;fully satisfactory manner because of issues with data&lt;br /&gt;collection (changing census classifications) over the&lt;br /&gt;years of study. Of those students who identified&lt;br /&gt;themselves as “Chinese” (n = 38) or “other” Asian&lt;br /&gt;(n = 42), however, less than half had selected&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy as a first choice (n = 27) and one of the&lt;br /&gt;eleven Taiwanese students (all of whom are Chinese by&lt;br /&gt;ethnicity if not by politics) had done so. Differences by&lt;br /&gt;ethnicity were found in terms of influences of parents.&lt;br /&gt;None of the 2006 New Zealand European students&lt;br /&gt;rated parental influence most highly in their decision to&lt;br /&gt;become a health professional, indeed 70% gave it the&lt;br /&gt;lowest possible rating. Parental influence on non-&lt;br /&gt;European New Zealanders was more evenly spread&lt;br /&gt;with 18% of students rating it as the most important&lt;br /&gt;factor in their decision-making and only 33% rating it&lt;br /&gt;as being least important.&lt;br /&gt;Discussion&lt;br /&gt;Motivations to study pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;We have examined themotivation to study pharmacy in&lt;br /&gt;a novel way, by asking students to rank which three&lt;br /&gt;(of seventeen) factors had most influence upon their&lt;br /&gt;choice, in addition to asking students to rate separately&lt;br /&gt;the importance of the range of factors. This enables a&lt;br /&gt;differentiation between factors that might appear at first&lt;br /&gt;sight similarly salient (ratings), and those thatweremost&lt;br /&gt;important in actually influencing a decision (factors&lt;br /&gt;scored by rank). Using thismethod, themost important&lt;br /&gt;motivation given by students in this study for choosing&lt;br /&gt;pharmacyemerges as an intrinsic, altruisticone: that of a&lt;br /&gt;desire to “care for/ help people”.&lt;br /&gt;These findings are probably more pronounced than&lt;br /&gt;those fromother research in this area but do correspond&lt;br /&gt;with other studies of pharmacy students’ study choices.&lt;br /&gt;These studies have consistently reported high prominence&lt;br /&gt;of motivations to study broadly describable as&lt;br /&gt;altruistic, such as “a desire to help humanity” (Pratt,&lt;br /&gt;1956), aspiring to be “socially useful” (Ferguson,&lt;br /&gt;Roller, &amp;amp; Wertheimer, 1986), a desire to make a&lt;br /&gt;contribution to healthcare (Davey et al., 2006) and “a&lt;br /&gt;desire to help people” (Willis et al., 2006a).&lt;br /&gt;These and the current study’s results might seem to&lt;br /&gt;imply that much of students’ motivation to study&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy is in large part a deferred one, that is to say&lt;br /&gt;directed towards their professional life after graduation;&lt;br /&gt;however, other research has indicated that intrinsic&lt;br /&gt;factors influencing the selection of a pharmacy degree&lt;br /&gt;also relate to the course of study itself. Roller (1993)&lt;br /&gt;found that the most important intrinsic or extrinsic&lt;br /&gt;influences on Australian pharmacy students were that&lt;br /&gt;the course was perceived to be “intellectually satisfying”;&lt;br /&gt;however, students’ belief that pharmacy was&lt;br /&gt;socially useful was also important. Willis et al. (2006d)&lt;br /&gt;in the UK similarly identified the science-based nature&lt;br /&gt;of pharmacy as the primary draw for students, but again&lt;br /&gt;with the desire to help people also strong among&lt;br /&gt;intrinsic factors. The current study did not ask directly&lt;br /&gt;whether the course of study was inherently appealing,&lt;br /&gt;although our finding that the second most important&lt;br /&gt;reason why students selected the coursewas “an interest&lt;br /&gt;in human biology” indirectly indicates this is likely to&lt;br /&gt;have been relevant.&lt;br /&gt;Extrinsic factors of most importance to students in&lt;br /&gt;choosing to study pharmacy relate to a desire to earn a&lt;br /&gt;high salary and to own their own business and, to a&lt;br /&gt;lesser extent the status of the profession. Previous work&lt;br /&gt;has also found that students are motivated to study&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy for financial reward and the opportunity for&lt;br /&gt;self-employment (Roller, 1993, 2004; Willis et al.,&lt;br /&gt;2006d) with the most recent research in this area&lt;br /&gt;claiming pharmacy ownership is the “top ambition for&lt;br /&gt;students” (Wilson et al., 2006). Seston, Shann, Hassell&lt;br /&gt;and Willis (2006) found that just under half of all UK&lt;br /&gt;students report the prospect of ownership as having&lt;br /&gt;some influence in their decision to study pharmacy,&lt;br /&gt;with the effect particularly strong among male students&lt;br /&gt;and ethnicminority students. Crucially, they also found&lt;br /&gt;a strong link between the prospect of owning a&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy as a reason for choosing pharmacy as a&lt;br /&gt;degree, and career intentions after three years of study.&lt;br /&gt;Career intentions and expected benefits&lt;br /&gt;In the current study, there appeared to be an early&lt;br /&gt;explicit intention expressed by students to pursue&lt;br /&gt;a career in pharmacy: 121 of 123 respondents in&lt;br /&gt;2006, stated that they want to become a pharmacist,&lt;br /&gt;a proportion that has increased over the three&lt;br /&gt;surveyed years. This result is striking for its being&lt;br /&gt;obtained at a very early stage in students’ course of&lt;br /&gt;study, where one might reasonably expect some&lt;br /&gt;ambivalence towards the degree (though it should be&lt;br /&gt;noted that students were not given the option of&lt;br /&gt;expressing uncertainty). These high rates of commitment&lt;br /&gt;to a career as a pharmacist may relate to other&lt;br /&gt;findings which indicate pharmacy students are careercommitted&lt;br /&gt;(Willis et al., 2006a) and the finding in this&lt;br /&gt;study, that in 2006 for the first time more students&lt;br /&gt;selected pharmacy than any other health profession as&lt;br /&gt;their first choice of study. In 2004 and 2005, as many&lt;br /&gt;of those surveyed had wished to study medicine as&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy, whereas in 2006 over twice as many&lt;br /&gt;students opted for pharmacy as medicine. Despite&lt;br /&gt;this, large numbers (almost half) of NSP students&lt;br /&gt;would have preferred to follow another profession,&lt;br /&gt;usually dentistry or medicine, as has been noted&lt;br /&gt;previously (Shaw, 2000). The tendency for European&lt;br /&gt;New Zealand students to be more likely than ethnic&lt;br /&gt;minority students to have chosen pharmacy as a first&lt;br /&gt;choice is in keeping with other studies which have&lt;br /&gt;found similar ethnic differences in application&lt;br /&gt;priority. This result is curious though for its being&lt;br /&gt;apparently robust across courses, countries and&lt;br /&gt;cohorts (Ferguson et al., 1986; Willis et al., 2006a),&lt;br /&gt;despite the very different actual mix of ethnicities&lt;br /&gt;studying pharmacy between New Zealand, Australia,&lt;br /&gt;Canada, the US and the UK. It may be of concern to&lt;br /&gt;educators that ethnic minority, foreign-born or&lt;br /&gt;overseas students appear to be those most likely to&lt;br /&gt;be studying pharmacy as a second (or lower) choice,&lt;br /&gt;particularly considering the high, and in many&lt;br /&gt;instances increasing, proportion of these students on&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy courses.&lt;br /&gt;Since over two-thirds of students indicated that they&lt;br /&gt;would like at some point in their working life to own&lt;br /&gt;their own pharmacy, New Zealand students’ entrepreneurial&lt;br /&gt;intentions seem as strong as their UK&lt;br /&gt;counterparts (Seston et al., 2006). Interestingly, there&lt;br /&gt;was a decline in the proportions selecting hospital&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy as a desired career path over the years&lt;br /&gt;surveyed.&lt;br /&gt;With so many students wanting to own their own&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy, the question should be asked to what extent&lt;br /&gt;these ambitions are realisable. In theUK, they may well&lt;br /&gt;not come to fruition “given the steady decline of&lt;br /&gt;independent pharmacies through competition from&lt;br /&gt;multiples over recent years and an economic climate&lt;br /&gt;that is not favourable to small pharmacy business”&lt;br /&gt;(Seston et al., 2006). The potential for proprietorship is&lt;br /&gt;higher in New Zealand, which has a long tradition of&lt;br /&gt;individual ownership. Recent changes in legislation,&lt;br /&gt;however, have enabled pharmacists to have a share in&lt;br /&gt;up to five pharmacies, with the consequence that&lt;br /&gt;groups of pharmacists have banded together to form&lt;br /&gt;some small chains of pharmacies, run by manager&lt;br /&gt;pharmacists rather than owners. It will therefore be&lt;br /&gt;important for educators in New Zealand and elsewhere&lt;br /&gt;to be aware that students’ ambitions for individual&lt;br /&gt;ownership may not remain viable.&lt;br /&gt;That hospital pharmacy sector suffers an “image&lt;br /&gt;problem” (Hatfield et al., 2000) is also not so much an&lt;br /&gt;issue in New Zealand, where anecdotal evidence&lt;br /&gt;suggests that pre-registration hospital placements are&lt;br /&gt;more sought after than community internships. The&lt;br /&gt;tendency for females to be significantly more interested&lt;br /&gt;in hospital work than males found in this current&lt;br /&gt;study is in keeping with UK findings (Willis et al.,&lt;br /&gt;2006b) and findings spanning the US, Canada and&lt;br /&gt;Australia (Ferguson et al., 1986). These findings seem&lt;br /&gt;likely to be borne out by students’ career trajectories in&lt;br /&gt;the UK, where three times as many women as men&lt;br /&gt;work in hospitals (Hassell, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;This well-documented gender difference may relate&lt;br /&gt;to hospital pharmacy offering more flexible hours and&lt;br /&gt;institutional benefits (Cockerill &amp;amp; Tanner, 2001), and&lt;br /&gt;also be related to gender differences in entrepreneurial&lt;br /&gt;ambitions, given the generally lower salaries pertaining&lt;br /&gt;in the sector. Other research looking at UK&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy students’ perceptions of hospital pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;suggests that it is perceived by students to offer poor&lt;br /&gt;salaries but more opportunities to interact with&lt;br /&gt;patients and better career progression (Silverthorne&lt;br /&gt;et al., 2003). However, Hassell (2003) identified&lt;br /&gt;concerns among some UK pharmacists that a “glass&lt;br /&gt;ceiling” exists for female hospital pharmacists,&lt;br /&gt;resulting in them being under-represented in senior&lt;br /&gt;positions in this field. This is not the situation in New&lt;br /&gt;Zealand; however, where, in 2006, almost 70% of the&lt;br /&gt;chief pharmacists working in the country’s main&lt;br /&gt;hospitals were female.&lt;br /&gt;As for student aspirations to pursue a career in&lt;br /&gt;research, New Zealand differs from Europe or the US&lt;br /&gt;in that it has only a small pharmaceutical research&lt;br /&gt;industry and only two Schools of Pharmacy, which&lt;br /&gt;may explain the relatively low numbers of NSP&lt;br /&gt;students interested in this career pathway. Interest in a&lt;br /&gt;research career, though still quite limited, is growing&lt;br /&gt;and may increasingly be considered by students to be a&lt;br /&gt;viable career option.&lt;br /&gt;In the current study, students perceived from an&lt;br /&gt;early stage the associated benefits of a pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;career, foremost among these being reliable employment&lt;br /&gt;and the ability to travel with their qualification.&lt;br /&gt;Aspects such as being a professional, working in the&lt;br /&gt;community and earning a good salary also feature as&lt;br /&gt;important facets of being a pharmacist. These and&lt;br /&gt;other factors—such as undergraduate practice and&lt;br /&gt;work experiences (Silverthorne et al., 2003)—are&lt;br /&gt;likely to play a part in influencing the particular career&lt;br /&gt;trajectories of students. Perhaps contrary to expectations,&lt;br /&gt;Carvajal and Hardigan (1999) have also&lt;br /&gt;suggested that females are more likely than males to&lt;br /&gt;experience job satisfaction from high salary and retail&lt;br /&gt;work. This finding did not emerge in the current study&lt;br /&gt;but would be worthy of future attention.&lt;br /&gt;The diminishing importance given by students to an&lt;br /&gt;ability to travel as pharmacists from 2004 to 2006 may&lt;br /&gt;be a consequence of the recent ending of direct&lt;br /&gt;reciprocal employment agreements between the UK&lt;br /&gt;and New Zealand, which has traditionally been a&lt;br /&gt;popular route for New Zealand pharmacists to engage&lt;br /&gt;in their “overseas experience”. Despite this decline, it&lt;br /&gt;should be noted that almost 90% of students still say&lt;br /&gt;they would like to be able to live and work outside&lt;br /&gt;New Zealand at some point in their lives. This finding&lt;br /&gt;may be particular to New Zealand where it is&lt;br /&gt;especially common for university graduates to travel&lt;br /&gt;and live abroad for a few years, usually within the first&lt;br /&gt;10 years post-registration.&lt;br /&gt;Admissions criteria&lt;br /&gt;When asked to consider what might constitute&lt;br /&gt;appropriate admissions criteria for the BPharm&lt;br /&gt;programme, students report that “being a good&lt;br /&gt;communicator” was more important as a selection&lt;br /&gt;criterion than any other of the hypothetical admissions&lt;br /&gt;criteria presented to them, more so even than high&lt;br /&gt;marks in the health sciences common first year&lt;br /&gt;or school science subjects. Speaking English well was&lt;br /&gt;rated highly, and this aligns with research that has&lt;br /&gt;found English skills to correlate highly with final&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy exam marks for non-native English speakers&lt;br /&gt;(Sharif et al., 2003). Science marks and the critical&lt;br /&gt;thinking/scientific capacity indicator “having an&lt;br /&gt;orderly and controlled mind” also featured highly in&lt;br /&gt;students’ opinion of appropriate admissions criteria.&lt;br /&gt;These results regarding student appraisal of what&lt;br /&gt;might be important admissions criteria taken together&lt;br /&gt;are an interesting indicator of students’ own perceptions&lt;br /&gt;about what constitutes a good pharmacist and a&lt;br /&gt;capacity to do well in the degree course: a combination&lt;br /&gt;of good communication skills and cognitive ability. It&lt;br /&gt;has been argued in the pharmacy education literature&lt;br /&gt;that empathic and other non-traditional measures&lt;br /&gt;should be used in student selection (Duncan-Hewitt,&lt;br /&gt;1996; Wright &amp;amp; Miederhoff, 1999). At the university&lt;br /&gt;where this study was conducted such measures are not&lt;br /&gt;currently used in student selection for pharmacy,&lt;br /&gt;though they are in medicine and dentistry. Whether to&lt;br /&gt;use such measures in pharmacy admissions is likely to&lt;br /&gt;arouse continuing controversy, not least because it is&lt;br /&gt;now possible for students to be coached in how to&lt;br /&gt;perform well in these tests in such a way that may be&lt;br /&gt;construed as “faking” their true attitudes.&lt;br /&gt;Aspects of interest in pharmacy practice&lt;br /&gt;Interpersonal/empathic aspects again emerged as&lt;br /&gt;aspects of being a pharmacist of most interest to&lt;br /&gt;students, with “listening to patients” and “interviewing&lt;br /&gt;people” receiving the highest ratings. There appears&lt;br /&gt;overall to be a pronounced division in opinions of the&lt;br /&gt;two facets of professional pharmacy practice: students&lt;br /&gt;perceive non-patient-centred aspects of work, such as&lt;br /&gt;administration and selling products, to be less attractive&lt;br /&gt;than the range of patient-centred work. This may be a&lt;br /&gt;sign that students are already conceptualising pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;work as comprising two different types of&lt;br /&gt;activity—indirect and direct patient care—and that&lt;br /&gt;they are inherently more interested in the latter. This&lt;br /&gt;result is perhaps not surprising, and matches other&lt;br /&gt;research indicating students aspire more to involvement&lt;br /&gt;in direct patient care than indirect patient care, with the&lt;br /&gt;latter described as being “product-focused” or involved&lt;br /&gt;with “drug distribution” (Siracuse et al., 2004). Such&lt;br /&gt;attitudes on the part of students would seem to be in&lt;br /&gt;keeping with the altruistic, patient-centred motivations&lt;br /&gt;expressed for studying pharmacy in the first place.&lt;br /&gt;The current study’s results may in a positive way be&lt;br /&gt;placed in the context of Davey et al.’s (2006) remark&lt;br /&gt;that “as pharmacy practice continues to emphasise&lt;br /&gt;patient interface it is encouraging to see that a&lt;br /&gt;contribution to health care is of more significance (to&lt;br /&gt;students) than the status of the degree”. A cautionary&lt;br /&gt;note may also be added though, that in light of these&lt;br /&gt;findings it will be important to consider in future&lt;br /&gt;research the extent to which students’ expectations and&lt;br /&gt;aspirations are matched by the realities of the workplace,&lt;br /&gt;where “for many pharmacists, there is a clear&lt;br /&gt;disconnect between what pharmacy leadership says&lt;br /&gt;pharmacists should be doing and the reality faced by&lt;br /&gt;practising pharmacists on a daily basis” (Siracuse et al.,&lt;br /&gt;2004) especially in terms of the administrative and&lt;br /&gt;bureaucratic demands of small business management.&lt;br /&gt;Undergraduate demographics&lt;br /&gt;The approximate 2:1 ratio of female:male students at&lt;br /&gt;the NSP corresponds with what seems now almost to&lt;br /&gt;be becoming an education standard for this increasingly&lt;br /&gt;female-dominated profession (Hassell, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;Whilst registers of practising pharmacists consist at&lt;br /&gt;present of 53% females in the UK and New Zealand&lt;br /&gt;(Hassell, 2003; Pharmacy Council of New Zealand,&lt;br /&gt;2005b) this seems destined to change. There are&lt;br /&gt;implications for workforce supply, as the current UK&lt;br /&gt;register shows a far greater degree of part-time hours&lt;br /&gt;worked by women in their 30s and 40s thanmen of the&lt;br /&gt;same age group, which in part is due to family building&lt;br /&gt;(Willis et al., 2006c). A similar trend towards&lt;br /&gt;feminisation has been observed in other health&lt;br /&gt;professions, including medicine and dentistry, in the&lt;br /&gt;US, the UK and Australasia, where similar consequences&lt;br /&gt;have been predicted as a result.&lt;br /&gt;The student body at the NSP is noteworthy in that it&lt;br /&gt;is very diverse and unique to this pharmacy school.&lt;br /&gt;Whereas, well-represented ethnic minorities in pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;in the UK are “Asian British”, that is to say&lt;br /&gt;British students of Indian, Pakistani and Bangladeshi&lt;br /&gt;origin, in New Zealand the ethnic origin of (mostly&lt;br /&gt;New Zealand-resident) minority students are mostly&lt;br /&gt;represented by Chinese, Taiwanese, Koreans and&lt;br /&gt;Malaysians, with those from Arabic and other backgrounds&lt;br /&gt;also rising in numbers. Given the high&lt;br /&gt;diversity, there is likely to be consequent variability in&lt;br /&gt;the learning behaviours of students that educators&lt;br /&gt;may increasingly need to take into account (Miranda,&lt;br /&gt;Bates, &amp;amp; Duggan, 2002).&lt;br /&gt;Limitations and suggestions for future research&lt;br /&gt;A social desirability effect on the self-report measures&lt;br /&gt;in this study may be pronounced because the survey&lt;br /&gt;asked about explicitly socially desirable factors such as&lt;br /&gt;“desire to care for/help people”. A strength of this&lt;br /&gt;study is the very high response rate (98%) obtained,&lt;br /&gt;largely through our distribution of the survey during&lt;br /&gt;compulsory course elements. Although the questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;used in this study was based in part on surveys&lt;br /&gt;used in previous research into pharmacy student&lt;br /&gt;choices, its reliability and validity were not separately&lt;br /&gt;tested. Indicators of reliability and validity however&lt;br /&gt;include the emergence of dual factors from questions&lt;br /&gt;pertaining to direct and indirect patient care and the&lt;br /&gt;congruence of certain career- and study-related&lt;br /&gt;motivators emerging in separate areas of the survey,&lt;br /&gt;for example in the intention and aspiration to own a&lt;br /&gt;business. It is the authors’ intention to use a followup&lt;br /&gt;questionnaire in longitudinal research with the&lt;br /&gt;cohort surveyed in 2004–2006, which may give&lt;br /&gt;further indications of its validity and reliability.&lt;br /&gt;A particular point for concern for this and similar&lt;br /&gt;studies is the apparently limited extent to which&lt;br /&gt;physicians have accurate retrospective recall of the&lt;br /&gt;causes of their own behaviour in relation to career&lt;br /&gt;choice (Pathman &amp;amp; Agnew, 1993).&lt;br /&gt;Future work might focus on extending knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;intrinsic and extrinsic factors in choice of profession by&lt;br /&gt;placing the choice of pharmacy as a degree and career&lt;br /&gt;against a wider social context. The extent to which&lt;br /&gt;socioeconomic factors and family background influence&lt;br /&gt;students’ decisions might be further considered, for&lt;br /&gt;example. Large-scale work has indicated that “professional”&lt;br /&gt;class background can have a particular&lt;br /&gt;positive effect upon the choice of prestigious degrees&lt;br /&gt;such as medicine and law (Van de Werfhorst et al.,&lt;br /&gt;2003). These authors also presented evidence that&lt;br /&gt;educational systems are institutionally biased towards&lt;br /&gt;students who possess “cultural capital”, which makes it&lt;br /&gt;difficult for working-class students to succeed in the&lt;br /&gt;education system. Furthermore, because of differential&lt;br /&gt;costs and benefits between class backgrounds, professional&lt;br /&gt;career trajectories are less easily attainable for&lt;br /&gt;working-class students. In the health sciences, differences&lt;br /&gt;in career choice have been found between lowand&lt;br /&gt;high income family backgrounds of medical students&lt;br /&gt;(Cooter et al., 2004). It is not known whether such&lt;br /&gt;influences are as important in New Zealand, where&lt;br /&gt;social systems are perhapsmore fluid. Neither has there&lt;br /&gt;been any examination of whether the cost of study—&lt;br /&gt;which ranged in 2006 from US$3300 per annum for&lt;br /&gt;physiotherapy toUS$3850 for pharmacy andUS$7400&lt;br /&gt;for medicine/ dentistry—influences students’ choice of&lt;br /&gt;career. Nevertheless, it is a matter for concern that the&lt;br /&gt;proportion of BPharmstudents who identify asMaori is&lt;br /&gt;well below the proportion of Maori in the general&lt;br /&gt;population (1–2% compared with 12%).&lt;br /&gt;A further limitation of this study is that it was&lt;br /&gt;focussed to a large extent on students’ intentions,&lt;br /&gt;which may vary over their course of study and may&lt;br /&gt;also not manifest in reality. Edwards, Lambert,&lt;br /&gt;Goldacre, &amp;amp; Parkhouse, (1997), for example, reported&lt;br /&gt;that ten years after graduating only two-thirds of&lt;br /&gt;medical students end up working in the field they&lt;br /&gt;intended to during study. It will be of value in future&lt;br /&gt;research therefore to ascertain the extent to which&lt;br /&gt;students follow through with their intentions, which&lt;br /&gt;will better inform the reliability and validity of this and&lt;br /&gt;similar survey tools and, more importantly, to what&lt;br /&gt;extent expectations and aspirations of pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;students are realised in the workplace. This would&lt;br /&gt;have significance for those promoting pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;degrees and admitting students to their courses, as&lt;br /&gt;to what character of advice is most appropriate and&lt;br /&gt;honest to offer to these aspiring professionals.&lt;br /&gt;Summary and conclusions&lt;br /&gt;This study, as well as previous research across a range&lt;br /&gt;of cohorts, courses and countries, offers a generally&lt;br /&gt;consistent view of the motivations of students to study&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy and work as a health professional. Whereas&lt;br /&gt;other research has suggested that altruistic intent may&lt;br /&gt;be similar in importance to other factors, this study’s&lt;br /&gt;results point to a clear prominence for this particular&lt;br /&gt;factor.&lt;br /&gt;Scientific aspects inherent to pharmacy as a course&lt;br /&gt;of study also act as attractors to the subject area and&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy is perceived in favourable terms as offering&lt;br /&gt;good employment prospects with considerable entrepreneurial&lt;br /&gt;potential. A tendency still exists among&lt;br /&gt;many first year pharmacy students to have selected&lt;br /&gt;medicine or dentistry as a first choice, particularly&lt;br /&gt;among ethnic minority students, a tendency which&lt;br /&gt;may be declining but is likely to be to an extent&lt;br /&gt;inevitable, particularly with a system in which all&lt;br /&gt;students take the same first year curriculum. The&lt;br /&gt;picture among the undergraduate cohort, nevertheless,&lt;br /&gt;is of committed individuals who intend to&lt;br /&gt;pursue a pharmacy career. Gender differences&lt;br /&gt;were shown to emerge between aspirations to work&lt;br /&gt;in the different sectors, and in pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;ownership intentions. The perceived value of a&lt;br /&gt;pharmacy “passport”, and intention to travel with it&lt;br /&gt;is very high among NSP students and will see many&lt;br /&gt;working overseas. Students perceived that good&lt;br /&gt;communication and English skills are of greatest&lt;br /&gt;importance when considering potential entrants to the&lt;br /&gt;course, a belief borne out by the literature. Yet the&lt;br /&gt;Pharmacy School’s admissions process does not place&lt;br /&gt;a greater emphasis on this requirement (which is&lt;br /&gt;currently assessed by means of a paper on Effective&lt;br /&gt;Communication, provided by the University’s English&lt;br /&gt;Department) than any of the other papers of the&lt;br /&gt;compulsory health sciences first year course, despite&lt;br /&gt;the fact that many of its students have English as a&lt;br /&gt;second language.&lt;br /&gt;There is some concern about the extent to which&lt;br /&gt;students’ desire and intentions to own a pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;will be realisable in the future and also the extent to&lt;br /&gt;which students’ experience in community pharmacy&lt;br /&gt;after registration will match their expectations and&lt;br /&gt;preferences.&lt;br /&gt;Future focus for research that elucidates the wider&lt;br /&gt;range of factors likely to influence students’ pursuance&lt;br /&gt;of pharmacy, such as that which relates to family, class&lt;br /&gt;or cultural background is suggested. Also of importance&lt;br /&gt;will be work that better investigates the link&lt;br /&gt;between students’ education and ambitions and the&lt;br /&gt;realities of their professional life.</description><link>http://order-ultram-online.blogspot.com/2008/02/choosing-course-of-study-and-career-in.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Landrogek)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5477654376337753520.post-1729511033558549181</guid><pubDate>Mon, 25 Feb 2008 18:21:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2008-02-25T10:24:25.445-08:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">antihypertensive treatment</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">diltiazem</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">home blood pressure</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">hypertension</category><title>Additional Antihypertensive Effect of Drugs in Hypertensive Subjects Uncontrolled on Diltiazem  Monotherapy: A Randomized Controlled Trial</title><description>The purpose of this study was to compare several diltiazem-based antihypertensive drug&lt;br /&gt;combinations and assess the usefulness of home blood pressure monitoring in the evaluation&lt;br /&gt;of the efficacy of combination pharmacotherapy. Sixteen general practitioners&lt;br /&gt;recruited hypertensive subjects uncontrolled on diltiazem monotherapy, who were randomized&lt;br /&gt;to receive eight weeks of add-on therapy with a diuretic (chlorthalidone), a&lt;br /&gt;dihydropyridine calcium antagonist (felodipine), an ACE inhibitor (lisinopril), or an&lt;br /&gt;angiotensin blocker (valsartan). Sitting office and home blood pressure was measured&lt;br /&gt;using electronic devices A&amp;amp;D 767. A total of 211 patients were randomized, and 185&lt;br /&gt;completed the study. Of 52 subjects randomized to felodipine, 15 were withdrawn due to&lt;br /&gt;ankle edema. The additional antihypertensive effect of the second drug was smaller in&lt;br /&gt;18 subjects with a white coat effect (p &lt; 0.01). All combinations produced a significant&lt;br /&gt;decline in office (21.2 ± 14.8 / 7.7 ± 9.7 mmHg) and home (17.1 ± 11.9 / 6.0 ± 7.0) blood&lt;br /&gt;pressure (systolic / diastolic, p &lt; 0.001). There were no differences in the efficacy of the&lt;br /&gt;four combinations assessed using office or home blood pressure monitoring. These data&lt;br /&gt;suggest that diuretics, dihydropyridines, ACE inhibitors, and angiotensin receptor&lt;br /&gt;blockers provide significant additional antihypertensive effects in hypertensive patients&lt;br /&gt;uncontrolled on diltiazem monotherapy. The diltiazem-dihydropyridine combination is&lt;br /&gt;often intolerable because of ankle edema. Home blood pressure monitoring is useful in&lt;br /&gt;the assessment of the efficacy of combination pharmacotherapy and also allows for the&lt;br /&gt;detection of subjects who do not require treatment intensification.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Introduction&lt;br /&gt;There is agreement among hypertension guidelines that diuretics, b-blockers, calcium&lt;br /&gt;antagonists, ACE inhibitors, and angiotensin receptor antagonists are appropriate to be&lt;br /&gt;used as first line treatment in hypertension (1–3). Moreover, it is recognized that in order&lt;br /&gt;to achieve the recommended blood pressure (BP) goals, combination pharmacotherapy is&lt;br /&gt;required in the majority of hypertensive patients (1,2). It is clear, however, that more clinical&lt;br /&gt;research from randomized comparative trials on the efficacy and tolerability of antihypertensive&lt;br /&gt;drug combinations is needed (1).&lt;br /&gt;Non-dihydropyridine calcium antagonists are effective antihypertensive drugs and are&lt;br /&gt;being widely used in clinical practice (4). Outcome trials have shown that these drugs&lt;br /&gt;improve cardiovascular prognosis in hypertensive patients with or without coronary heart&lt;br /&gt;disease (5,6). Some short-term studies have assessed the antihypertensive effects of&lt;br /&gt;combined treatment of non-dihydropyridine calcium antagonists with thiazide diuretics&lt;br /&gt;(7–9) or angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors (10,11). However, the evidence&lt;br /&gt;on the combination of these drugs with dihydropyridines or angiotensin blockers is very&lt;br /&gt;limited (12,13). In addition, no direct comparison of these combinations in regard to their&lt;br /&gt;antihypertensive efficacy has been reported.&lt;br /&gt;Self-blood pressure monitoring at home is regarded as an important adjunct to office&lt;br /&gt;measurements in hypertensive patients and is being increasingly used in clinical practice&lt;br /&gt;(1,2,14,15). Accumulating evidence suggests that home BP is devoid of the white coat (16)&lt;br /&gt;and the placebo effect (14) and provides highly reproducible BP values (17). Therefore,&lt;br /&gt;home BP has been recently used in several trials to assess the efficacy of antihypertensive&lt;br /&gt;drugs, and it has been suggested that the use of this method instead of the conventional&lt;br /&gt;office measurements can improve the accuracy of antihypertensive drug trials (14,17).&lt;br /&gt;The objectives of this study are to (1) assess the additional antihypertensive effect of a&lt;br /&gt;thiazide diuretic versus a dihydropyridine calcium antagonist, an ACE inhibitor, and an&lt;br /&gt;angiotensin receptor blocker in hypertensive patients uncontrolled on diltiazem monotherapy,&lt;br /&gt;and (2) compare self-home BP measurements with office BP measurements in the&lt;br /&gt;assessment of the antihypertensive effect of combination pharmacotherapy.&lt;br /&gt;Subjects and Methods&lt;br /&gt;Physicians and Patients&lt;br /&gt;Trained general practitioners employed in primary care recruited subjects aged 25–79&lt;br /&gt;years with uncontrolled hypertension after at least four weeks of open monotherapy with&lt;br /&gt;diltiazem at 240 mg o.d. Uncontrolled hypertension was defined as average office BP&lt;br /&gt;greater than 140/90 mmHg for all or 135/85 mmHg for diabetics or subjects under the age&lt;br /&gt;of 65, confirmed on two office visits at least one week apart (3).&lt;br /&gt;Design&lt;br /&gt;Participants were randomized to receive one of the following open add-on therapies for&lt;br /&gt;eight weeks:&lt;br /&gt;1. thiazide diuretic chlorthalidone 12.5 mg o.d.,&lt;br /&gt;2. dihydropyridine calcium antagonist felodipine 5 mg o.d.,&lt;br /&gt;3. ACE inhibitor lisinopril 10 mg o.d., or&lt;br /&gt;4. angiotensin receptor blocker valsartan 80 mg o.d.&lt;br /&gt;Add-on treatment was doubled if office BP remained uncontrolled after four weeks of randomized&lt;br /&gt;combination pharmacotherapy. All antihypertensive drugs were taken in the&lt;br /&gt;morning just after rising from bed. The study protocol was approved by the Quality Assurance&lt;br /&gt;Committee of the Greek Association of General Practitioners. Participants gave&lt;br /&gt;informed consent for study participation.&lt;br /&gt;Exclusion criteria included the following:&lt;br /&gt;• contraindication or known intolerance of diuretics, calcium antagonists, ACE inhibitors,&lt;br /&gt;or angiotensin blockers;&lt;br /&gt;• compelling indication for treatment with a specific antihypertensive drug class;&lt;br /&gt;• nephropathy, coronary heart disease, congestive heart failure, major cardiac, hematological,&lt;br /&gt;or hepatic or pulmonary disease;&lt;br /&gt;• cerebrovascular event in the three months prior to study entry;&lt;br /&gt;• any other clinically significant illness based upon recent medical history, with the&lt;br /&gt;exception of stable diabetes type-2 on diet alone and/or by oral hypoglycemic agents;&lt;br /&gt;• evidence of secondary hypertension;&lt;br /&gt;• systolic BP &gt;200 mmHg and/or diastolic &gt;110 mmHg at any time during the study;&lt;br /&gt;• therapy with any drug likely to influence BP, including diuretics and NSAIDs&lt;br /&gt;(excluding aspirin up to 300 mg per day); and&lt;br /&gt;• clinically important abnormalities of baseline laboratory data.&lt;br /&gt;Measurements&lt;br /&gt;Office BP was measured by general practitioners at trough before randomization and after&lt;br /&gt;four and eight weeks using validated electronic devices A&amp;amp;D 767 (18) (bladder size 12 × 23&lt;br /&gt;cm or 14 × 2 8 cm, where appropriate). Triplicate measurements were taken at each visit&lt;br /&gt;after 5 min sitting rest and 1 min between readings, and the average was used for decision&lt;br /&gt;making (randomization and titration). Home BP was monitored by the patients themselves&lt;br /&gt;on three routine workdays in the week before randomization and after four and eight weeks.&lt;br /&gt;Self-measurements were taken by the patients at home using the same device and cuff as&lt;br /&gt;office measurements (A&amp;amp;D 767). Participants were trained in the conditions of home BP&lt;br /&gt;measurement and the use of the devices and were instructed to perform duplicate morning&lt;br /&gt;(0600–1000 h, before morning drug intake) and evening (1800–2100 h) measurements after&lt;br /&gt;5 min sitting rest and 1 min between recordings. A form was supplied to the patients to&lt;br /&gt;report self-home BP values. The average of all home measurements was used in the analysis.&lt;br /&gt;Physical examination, body weight measurement, and 12-lead ECG were performed&lt;br /&gt;before randomization and after four and eight weeks. Routine hematology and biochemistry&lt;br /&gt;and urine dipstick and microscopy were performed within four weeks prior to study&lt;br /&gt;entry. Depending on the randomized regimen, selected tests were repeated after four and&lt;br /&gt;eight weeks according to current hypertension recommendations (1–3). An assessment of&lt;br /&gt;adverse reactions was performed at each office visit.&lt;br /&gt;Analysis&lt;br /&gt;Taking into account that home BP was used in a four-group parallel design, in order to&lt;br /&gt;have a probability greater than 0.9 (study power) to detect between treatment groups differences&lt;br /&gt;of 10/5 mmHg in systolic/diastolic home BP at p &lt; 0.05, a total of at least 180&lt;br /&gt;subjects with complete data should be studied (estimated standard deviation of differences&lt;br /&gt;for home systolic/diastolic BP = 7/5 mmHg (17); clinically important between periods&lt;br /&gt;difference ≥ 10/5 mmHg in home systolic/diastolic BP; corrected for multiple comparisons).&lt;br /&gt;Paired t-tests were used to assess treatment-induced changes in clinic and home BP&lt;br /&gt;and unpaired t-tests for between-groups comparisons of antihypertensive drug effects. A&lt;br /&gt;Bonferroni’s correction for multiple comparisons was applied where appropriate.&lt;br /&gt;Results&lt;br /&gt;A total of 211 subjects were recruited by 16 general practitioners and randomized. Fifty-four&lt;br /&gt;subjects were randomized to receive add-on chlorthalidone; 52, felodipine; 54, lisinopril; and&lt;br /&gt;51, valsartan. Twenty-six subjects were withdrawn after randomization, of whom 22 (10.4%)&lt;br /&gt;due to adverse drug effects (17 due to ankle edema) and 4 (1.8%) due to missing follow-up&lt;br /&gt;data. Ankle edema was observed in 15 subjects on felodipine (29%), 1 on valsartan (0.5%), 1&lt;br /&gt;on chlorthalidone (0.5%), and none on lisinopril (p &lt; 0.001). Data from the remaining 185 subjects&lt;br /&gt;with complete follow-up were included in the final analysis, of whom 51 (27.6%) were on&lt;br /&gt;chlorthalidone, 36 (19.5%) on felodipine, 50 (27.03%) on lisinopril, and 48 (25.9%) on valsartan.&lt;br /&gt;The mean age of the 185 subjects was 63.9 ± 10.6 years, 80 (43%) were men, the mean&lt;br /&gt;body mass index (BMI) was 28.7 ± 4.6 kg/m2, and 41 (22%) had type-2 diabetes.&lt;br /&gt;Average office BP at randomization was 158.6 ± 13.1 / 86.1 ± 9.4 mmHg (mean ±&lt;br /&gt;SD, systolic / diastolic), whereas average home BP was significantly lower (150.3 ± 13.3 /&lt;br /&gt;83.0 ± 8.6 mmHg; p &lt; 0.001). There was no significant difference among randomized&lt;br /&gt;groups in regard to patients&#39; age, sex, BMI, proportion of diabetics, and baseline office or&lt;br /&gt;home BP (see Table 1). Eighteen subjects (10%) had average home BP &lt;135/85 mmHg at&lt;br /&gt;randomization and where classified as having a white coat effect. After four weeks of&lt;br /&gt;combination pharmacotherapy, the dose of the second drug was doubled in 113 subjects&lt;br /&gt;(61%) because of an uncontrolled office BP. There was no difference among randomized&lt;br /&gt;groups in the proportion of subjects in whom randomized treatment was doubled.&lt;br /&gt;Table 1&lt;br /&gt;Baseline characteristics of participants in the four randomized treatment&lt;br /&gt;groups (mean ± SD)&lt;br /&gt;Thiazide&lt;br /&gt;diuretic&lt;br /&gt;Dihydropyridine&lt;br /&gt;ACE&lt;br /&gt;inhibitor&lt;br /&gt;Angiotensin&lt;br /&gt;blocker All drugs&lt;br /&gt;Subjects 51 36 50 48 181&lt;br /&gt;Age (years) 63.5 ± 9.9 64.7 ± 9.8 62.6 ± 12.9 65.2 ± 8.6 63.9 ± 10.5&lt;br /&gt;BMI (kg/m2) 28.7 ± 4.2 28.2 ± 4.7 28.1 ± 4.7 29.3 ± 4.3 28.6 ± 4.6&lt;br /&gt;Men (%) 24 (47) 15 (42) 20 (40) 21 (44) 80 (44)&lt;br /&gt;Diabetes (%) 16 (31) 5 (15) 8 (49) 12 (47) 41 (22)&lt;br /&gt;Office BP (mmHg)&lt;br /&gt;Systolic 159.6 ± 13.6 160.2 ± 16.0 157.7 ± 11.4 157.7 ± 12.2 158.6 ± 13.1&lt;br /&gt;Diastolic 86.5 ± 9.3 87.1 ± 8.1 86.1 ± 10.5 85.0 ± 9.7 86.1 ± 9.4&lt;br /&gt;Pulse rate 75.2 ± 8.3 77.8 ± 7.9 77.1 ± 10.7 73.2 ± 9.5 75.7 ± 9.4&lt;br /&gt;Home BP (mmHg)&lt;br /&gt;Systolic 148.6 ± 14.1 152.4 ± 14.0 151.2 ± 14.2 149.7 ± 10.9 150.3 ± 13.3&lt;br /&gt;Diastolic 82.7 ± 8.5 83.6 ± 8.6 83.5 ± 8.8 82.0 ± 8.3 83.0 ± 8.6&lt;br /&gt;Pulse rate 72.1 ± 8.1 74.2 ± 7.5 72.4 ± 6.9 70.5 ± 8.9 2.2 ± 7.9&lt;br /&gt;BMI: body mass index; BP: blood pressure.&lt;br /&gt;Significant decline in both office and home BP was achieved during the study (see&lt;br /&gt;Table 2). The additional antihypertensive effect obtained by the second drug was significantly&lt;br /&gt;greater in subjects without compared to those with a white coat effect (Table 2).&lt;br /&gt;This difference in the antihypertensive effect was more pronounced and reached statistical&lt;br /&gt;significance when home BP monitoring was used (average home BP decline 8.0 / 2.8&lt;br /&gt;mmHg systolic / diastolic in subjects with a white coat effect versus 17.1 / 6.0 mmHg in&lt;br /&gt;the others; see Table 2). All drug combinations induced a significant decline (p &lt; 0.001) in&lt;br /&gt;both office and home BP during the study (see Table 3). There were no significant differences&lt;br /&gt;in the additional antihypertensive effects of the four drugs assessed using either&lt;br /&gt;office or home BP monitoring.&lt;br /&gt;Discussion&lt;br /&gt;This study compared the efficacy of four diltiazem-based antihypertensive drug combinations&lt;br /&gt;using office and home BP monitoring. The study showed that a thiazide diuretic, a&lt;br /&gt;dihydropyridine calcium antagonist, an ACE inhibitor, and an angiotensin receptor&lt;br /&gt;blocker provide significant additional antihypertensive effects in hypertensive patients&lt;br /&gt;uncontrolled on diltiazem monotherapy. However, the diltiazem-dihydropyridine combination&lt;br /&gt;was often intolerable because of significant ankle edema. In addition, the study&lt;br /&gt;showed that home BP monitoring is at least as effective as the conventional office measurements&lt;br /&gt;in the assessment of the efficacy of antihypertensive drug combinations and&lt;br /&gt;also allows for the detection of subjects who do not benefit from treatment intensification.&lt;br /&gt;Studies have shown additional antihypertensive effects of diltiazem combined&lt;br /&gt;with hydrochlorthiazide (7–9). Furthermore, several hypertension trials have investigated&lt;br /&gt;the efficacy of combining non-dihydropyridine calcium antagonists with ACE&lt;br /&gt;inhibitors, and fixed dose combinations of these drug classes have been developed&lt;br /&gt;(10,11). However, in regard to the angiotensin blockers, there are no published studies&lt;br /&gt;of the antihypertensive efficacy of these drugs in combination with non-dihydropyridine&lt;br /&gt;calcium antagonists.&lt;br /&gt;The combination of non-dihydropyridine calcium antagonists with dihydropyridines&lt;br /&gt;remains controversial. Receptor binding studies have suggested that this combination&lt;br /&gt;might result in either enhanced or diminished pharmacological effects (12). However, the&lt;br /&gt;evidence from clinical trials on the antihypertensive efficacy and the tolerability of this&lt;br /&gt;combination is very limited (12,13). A small randomized study in hypertensive patients&lt;br /&gt;uncontrolled on nifedipine monotherapy showed significant additional antihypertensive&lt;br /&gt;effects with either diltiazem or verapamil (12). That study provided evidence that the additional&lt;br /&gt;antihypertensive effect is due to a pharmacokinetic interaction between diltiazem&lt;br /&gt;and nifedipine (12). In another randomized comparative study of diltiazem versus nitrendipine&lt;br /&gt;in patients with hypertension and stable angina, an additional antihypertensive&lt;br /&gt;effect without additional side effects was observed in a subgroup of 16 subjects who&lt;br /&gt;received both drugs because of uncontrolled BP on monotherapies (13). In contrast, the&lt;br /&gt;present study showed that the diltiazem-felodipine combination is associated with intolerable&lt;br /&gt;ankle edema in 30% of subjects. This adverse effect might be attributed to the high&lt;br /&gt;dose of calcium antagonist rather than to a drug interaction, given that the incidence of the&lt;br /&gt;calcium antagonist-induced vasodilatory ankle edema is the most common side adverse&lt;br /&gt;effect of these drugs that leads to withdrawal and is clearly dose-dependent (19). It should&lt;br /&gt;be noted that the abovementioned studies that assessed the efficacy of the combination of&lt;br /&gt;non-dihydropyridine calcium antagonists with other antihypertensive drugs have compared&lt;br /&gt;combination therapy with monotherapies, whereas the present study provided a&lt;br /&gt;direct head-to-head comparison of the antihypertensive effect of four non-dihydropyridine&lt;br /&gt;calcium antagonist-based combinations.&lt;br /&gt;In this study, both office and home BP measurements were taken using validated&lt;br /&gt;automated devices. This approach increases the reliability of measurements by preventing&lt;br /&gt;observer bias and the terminal digit preference, which are known to be present using conventional&lt;br /&gt;auscultatory BP measurements (14). Significant additional antihypertensive&lt;br /&gt;effects were detected in this study using either office or home BP measurements (Table 3).&lt;br /&gt;However, the use of home BP monitoring allowed for the detection of a significant white&lt;br /&gt;coat effect in 10% of study participants (16). Recent recommendations suggest that subjects&lt;br /&gt;with the white coat phenomenon do not benefit from treatment intensification&lt;br /&gt;(1,2,14). In line with these recommendations, this study showed that in subjects with a&lt;br /&gt;white coat effect, the magnitude of the decline in home BP was less than half of that&lt;br /&gt;achieved in the rest of study participants (Table 2). It is clear that the implementation of&lt;br /&gt;home BP monitoring in clinical trials aiming to assess the efficacy of antihypertensive&lt;br /&gt;drugs allows for the exclusion of subjects with the white coat effect, thereby increasing the&lt;br /&gt;study power or reducing the number of subjects required (16,17). On the other hand, the&lt;br /&gt;use of home BP in clinical practice is essential for the detection of treated hypertensives&lt;br /&gt;with a white coat effect in order to prevent unnecessary, costly, and potentially harmful&lt;br /&gt;additional pharmacotherapy. These benefits of home BP monitoring are attributed to the&lt;br /&gt;facts that measurements are taken away from the office setting and to the larger number of&lt;br /&gt;readings obtained (14–16).</description><link>http://order-ultram-online.blogspot.com/2008/02/additional-antihypertensive-effect-of.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Landrogek)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5477654376337753520.post-6915738531649425402</guid><pubDate>Mon, 25 Feb 2008 18:17:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2008-02-25T10:21:21.837-08:00</atom:updated><title>Illicit drug use and dependence in a New Zealand birth cohort</title><description>Objective: To describe the patterns of illicit drug use in a birth cohort studied to the age&lt;br /&gt;of 25 years.&lt;br /&gt;Method: The data were gathered during the Christchurch Health and Development Study.&lt;br /&gt;In this study a cohort of 1265 children born in the Christchurch, New Zealand urban region&lt;br /&gt;in mid-1977 have been studied to the age of 25 years. Information was gathered on&lt;br /&gt;patterns of illicit drug use and dependence during the period 15–25 years.&lt;br /&gt;Results: By age 25 years, 76.7% of the cohort had used cannabis, while 43.5% had used&lt;br /&gt;other illicit drugs on at least one occasion. In addition, 12.5% of the cohort met DSM-IV&lt;br /&gt;criteria for dependence on cannabis, and 3.6% of the cohortmet criteria for dependence on&lt;br /&gt;other illicit drugs at some time by age 25. There was also evidence of substantial poly-drug&lt;br /&gt;use among the cohort, with hallucinogens and amphetamines being the most commonly&lt;br /&gt;used illicit drugs (excluding cannabis). Illicit drug use and dependence was higher in&lt;br /&gt;males, in M¯aori, and in those leaving school without qualifications. Key risk factors for illicit&lt;br /&gt;drug use and dependence included adolescent risk-taking behaviours including cigarette&lt;br /&gt;smoking and alcohol consumption, affiliation with substance-using peers, novelty-seeking,&lt;br /&gt;and conduct problems in adolescence. Other key risk factors included parental history of&lt;br /&gt;illicit drug use and childhood sexual abuse.&lt;br /&gt;Conclusions: Levels of cumulative illicit drug use in this cohort were relatively high, with&lt;br /&gt;the majority of respondents having tried illicit drugs by age 25. For the majority of illicit&lt;br /&gt;drug users, drug use did not lead to problems of dependence. Nonetheless, nearly 15%&lt;br /&gt;of the cohort showed symptoms of illicit drug dependence by the age of 25 years, with&lt;br /&gt;cannabis dependence accounting for the majority of illicit drug dependence.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;In recent years there has been growing concern about&lt;br /&gt;the use of illicit drugs in young New Zealanders. This&lt;br /&gt;concern has been reflected in a number of government&lt;br /&gt;and local initiatives aimed at reducing the use of illicit&lt;br /&gt;drugs and minimizing the harm caused by illicit drug use&lt;br /&gt;[1,2]. These plans acknowledge the extent to which the&lt;br /&gt;use and misuse of illicit drugs represents a critical social&lt;br /&gt;issue with implications for the health and safety of a large&lt;br /&gt;number of New Zealanders.&lt;br /&gt;The importance of the issue of illicit drug use is illustrated&lt;br /&gt;by periodic cross-sectional surveys of illicit drug&lt;br /&gt;use in New Zealand. These surveys have provided evidence&lt;br /&gt;that illicit drug use is common among New Zealanders,&lt;br /&gt;is particularly common in young people, and may&lt;br /&gt;be increasing. For example, Wilkins et al. [3] reported&lt;br /&gt;that approximately 52% of respondents aged 15–45 had&lt;br /&gt;reported using cannabis on at least one occasion in their&lt;br /&gt;lives. For illicit drugs other than cannabis, 4% of respondents&lt;br /&gt;reported having used opiates, 15% reported&lt;br /&gt;using hallucinogens and 11.9% reported using stimulants&lt;br /&gt;(including cocaine, amphetamine/methamphetamine and&lt;br /&gt;derivatives of these) at least once in their lives [3]. Furthermore,&lt;br /&gt;Wilkins et al. [3] reported that patterns of&lt;br /&gt;use appeared to be age dependent with the highest incidence&lt;br /&gt;of use in the previous year being reported by&lt;br /&gt;those in the 18–24 years age range. In this group, approximately&lt;br /&gt;35% of the sample had reported using cannabis&lt;br /&gt;on at least one occasion in the previous year, and 21%&lt;br /&gt;reported having used other illicit drugs on at least one&lt;br /&gt;occasion in the previous year [3]. Comparisons between&lt;br /&gt;1998 and 2001 surveys suggested that there was an increase&lt;br /&gt;in the rates of other illicit drug use, particularly&lt;br /&gt;for hallucinogens and stimulants [3]. The percentage of&lt;br /&gt;the sample reporting having used hallucinogens on at&lt;br /&gt;least one occasion increased from 12.8% to 15%, while&lt;br /&gt;the percentage of those reporting having used stimulants&lt;br /&gt;increased from 9% to 11.9% [3].&lt;br /&gt;It should also be noted that a number of studies examining&lt;br /&gt;the prevalence and incidence of illicit drug use&lt;br /&gt;in New Zealand and overseas have been cross-sectional&lt;br /&gt;studies. Although these have provided valuable data on&lt;br /&gt;illicit drug use, it would be of particular importance to&lt;br /&gt;examine prospective, longitudinal data on illicit drug use.&lt;br /&gt;Longitudinal data provide more accurate estimates of cumulative&lt;br /&gt;use over the life span than retrospective reports&lt;br /&gt;of past use [4], as well as more accurate estimates of such&lt;br /&gt;factors as age of onset and the timings of the occurrence&lt;br /&gt;of other risk factors [5].&lt;br /&gt;In light of these concerns and methodological issues,&lt;br /&gt;there is a need for further detailed information on patterns&lt;br /&gt;of illicit drug use among adolescents and young adults.&lt;br /&gt;To address this, the present paper reports on the results&lt;br /&gt;of analyses of cumulative measures of illicit drug use&lt;br /&gt;and dependence in a birth cohort of young New Zealanders&lt;br /&gt;studied to the age of 25. The specific aims of this&lt;br /&gt;investigation were:&lt;br /&gt;1. To derive life table estimates of the probability that,&lt;br /&gt;by a given age, a young person: (i) would have used&lt;br /&gt;an illicit drug; and (ii) will report dependence upon&lt;br /&gt;an illicit drug.&lt;br /&gt;2. To describe the range of illicit drugs used by young&lt;br /&gt;people, and derive life table estimates of the probability&lt;br /&gt;that by age 25 a young person would have used&lt;br /&gt;or become dependent upon a particular kind of drug.&lt;br /&gt;3. To determine the demographic distribution of illicit&lt;br /&gt;drug use and dependence by gender, ethnicity and&lt;br /&gt;education level.&lt;br /&gt;4. To explore the extent to which family and social&lt;br /&gt;factors may contribute to an increased the risk of&lt;br /&gt;illicit drug use and dependence.&lt;br /&gt;Method&lt;br /&gt;Data were collected as part of the Christchurch Health and Development&lt;br /&gt;Study (CHDS), which is a longitudinal study of a birth cohort of&lt;br /&gt;1265 children born in the Christchurch, New Zealand urban region during&lt;br /&gt;mid-1977. This cohort has been studied at birth, 4months, 1 year,&lt;br /&gt;at annual intervals up to age 16, and at ages 18, 21 and 25 years.&lt;br /&gt;Measures&lt;br /&gt;Cannabis and other illicit drug use&lt;br /&gt;At each assessment (15, 16, 18, 21 and 25 years), sample members&lt;br /&gt;were questioned about their use of cannabis and other illicit drugs,&lt;br /&gt;including the age at which they first reported using these drugs, and&lt;br /&gt;the different types of other illicit drugs they had used in each year&lt;br /&gt;from age 14–15 to age 24–25 years. The cohort members were questioned&lt;br /&gt;about their use of a range of illicit drugs, including cannabis,&lt;br /&gt;solvents (glue, petrol, paint); amphetamine-type stimulants (including&lt;br /&gt;methamphetamine and amphetamines); barbiturates; prescription medications&lt;br /&gt;that were illicitly obtained; opiates, including both heroin and&lt;br /&gt;morphine; cocaine (in any form); hallucinogens including ecstasy, LSD&lt;br /&gt;and PCP; and any other substances, primarily plant extracts, including&lt;br /&gt;psilocybin mushrooms and datura. The questions regarding the use&lt;br /&gt;of individual classes of drugs were non-specific to allow comparison&lt;br /&gt;across assessment periods. Reports of cannabis and other illicit drug&lt;br /&gt;use were used to derive life table estimates of the cumulative risk of&lt;br /&gt;cannabis and other illicit drug use (and overall illicit drug use) over the&lt;br /&gt;period 14–25 years.&lt;br /&gt;Cannabis and other illicit drug dependence&lt;br /&gt;In addition, respondents were questioned about symptoms of&lt;br /&gt;cannabis and other illicit drug dependence using questions based on the&lt;br /&gt;generic DSM-IV [6] criteria for substance dependence derived from the&lt;br /&gt;Composite International Diagnostic Interview (CIDI) [7]. This questioning&lt;br /&gt;was not started until age 16 years; thus the earliest estimates&lt;br /&gt;of cannabis and other illicit drug dependence are reported from age&lt;br /&gt;18 years.&lt;br /&gt;Demographic factors&lt;br /&gt;At age 21 years, an assessment of the ethnic identification of M¯aori&lt;br /&gt;members of the cohort was conducted using the 1996 New Zealand&lt;br /&gt;census questions on ethnicity as well as a questionnaire designed by the&lt;br /&gt;Ngai Tahu M¯aori Health Research unit. Fifteen per cent of the cohort&lt;br /&gt;reported M¯aori descent, while 11% reported M¯aori cultural identification.&lt;br /&gt;In this paper those reporting a M¯aori cultural identification were&lt;br /&gt;classified as M¯aori.&lt;br /&gt;At age 18, cohort members were assessed as to the extent of their&lt;br /&gt;educational qualifications. Those who reported having left secondary&lt;br /&gt;school without achieving qualifications were classified as having left&lt;br /&gt;without qualifications (19% of the sample). Gender was recorded at&lt;br /&gt;birth.&lt;br /&gt;Risk factors&lt;br /&gt;To examine predictors of illicit drug use, measures of social, family&lt;br /&gt;and childhood circumstances were considered. These included family&lt;br /&gt;social background, family functioning, individual characteristics, adolescent&lt;br /&gt;behaviours and peer affiliations. Initial analyses revealed that&lt;br /&gt;the following measures were significant predictors of illicit drug use or&lt;br /&gt;dependence:&lt;br /&gt;1. Peer substance use – Assessed on the basis of participant reports&lt;br /&gt;of the extent to which their friends used tobacco, alcohol, or illicit&lt;br /&gt;drugs or had problems resulting from alcohol or illicit drugs,&lt;br /&gt;α =0.69–0.77.&lt;br /&gt;2. Parental history of illicit drug use – Parental illicit drug use was&lt;br /&gt;assessed at age 11 (24.9% of the sample were thus classified) via&lt;br /&gt;parent self-report and scored as a dichotomous measure.&lt;br /&gt;3. Novelty-seeking (age 16) – Assessed at age 16 using the noveltyseeking&lt;br /&gt;items from the Tridimensional Personality Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;[8], α =0.76.&lt;br /&gt;4. Frequency of cigarette smoking (age 14) – Assessed at age 14 on&lt;br /&gt;a five-point scale ranging from non-smoker to daily smoker via&lt;br /&gt;young person self-report.&lt;br /&gt;5. Frequency of alcohol use (age 14) – Assessed at age 14 via selfreported&lt;br /&gt;number of occasions of alcohol use over the previous&lt;br /&gt;3months via young person self-report.&lt;br /&gt;6. Childhood sexual abuse – Assessed via young person self-report&lt;br /&gt;at ages 18 and 21 for the period up to and including 15 years,&lt;br /&gt;spanning an array of abusive experiences, resulting in a four-level&lt;br /&gt;classification of severity [9].&lt;br /&gt;7. Conduct problems (age 14) – Assessed via parent and child reports&lt;br /&gt;of child behaviour issues at age 14 using items from the Rutter et al.&lt;br /&gt;[10] and Conners [11,12] behaviour scales, and from the Diagnostic&lt;br /&gt;Interview Schedule for Children [13], α =0.90.&lt;br /&gt;Statistical analyses&lt;br /&gt;All analyses were based on all cohortmembers assessed at each point&lt;br /&gt;of observation. Sample sizes were as follows: 15 years (965); 16 years&lt;br /&gt;(953); 18 years (1025); 21 years (1011); and 25 years (1003). These&lt;br /&gt;samples represented between 75% and 81% of the original cohort of&lt;br /&gt;1265 participants and over 85% of study participants resident in New&lt;br /&gt;Zealand at each age.&lt;br /&gt;Rates of cannabis and other illicit drug use by cohort members were&lt;br /&gt;used to calculate life table estimates of cannabis, other illicit drug, and&lt;br /&gt;any illicit drug (either cannabis or other illicit drug) use and dependence,&lt;br /&gt;in order to estimate the cumulative risk of using or being dependent upon&lt;br /&gt;cannabis and other illicit drugs by ages 15, 18, 21 and 25. These life&lt;br /&gt;table estimates were then tested for demographic differences in illicit&lt;br /&gt;drug use and dependence (gender, M¯aori and education level) using a&lt;br /&gt;univariate log-rank test. Finally, proportional hazards regression models&lt;br /&gt;were fitted to the data to identify childhood and family factors that were&lt;br /&gt;predictive of the onset of illicit drug use or dependence.&lt;br /&gt;Results&lt;br /&gt;The development of illicit drug use&lt;br /&gt;Table 1 presents life table estimates of risks of cannabis and other&lt;br /&gt;illicit drug use and dependence over the period from 15 to 25. The table&lt;br /&gt;shows a high level of use of both cannabis and other illicit drugs. By&lt;br /&gt;the age of 25, almost 77% of the cohort had used cannabis and 43.5%&lt;br /&gt;had used other illicit drugs. Overall rates of dependence were relatively&lt;br /&gt;high with nearly one in seven (13.6%) meeting diagnostic criteria for&lt;br /&gt;substance use dependence; 12.5% met criteria for cannabis and 3.6%&lt;br /&gt;met criteria for other drug dependence. The table also shows that there&lt;br /&gt;was a rapid growth in illicit drug use and dependence over the period&lt;br /&gt;from 15 to 18.&lt;br /&gt;Types of illicit drugs used&lt;br /&gt;Table 2 shows the types of other illicit drugs used by the cohort&lt;br /&gt;and the percentage of cases in which each type of drug was used in&lt;br /&gt;cases of dependence by age 25. Other illicit drug use in the cohort was&lt;br /&gt;dominated by hallucinogens, including LSD and ecstasy (36.2%) and&lt;br /&gt;amphetamine-type stimulants (26.9%). However, a substantial minority&lt;br /&gt;had used harder drugs including cocaine (9.1%) and opiates (3.7%).&lt;br /&gt;There was also a high rate of use of other substances, primarily plant&lt;br /&gt;extracts including psilocybin mushrooms and datura.&lt;br /&gt;It will be noted that the percentages of other illicit drugs used exceeds&lt;br /&gt;the percentage (43.5%) of those using any other illicit drugs. This&lt;br /&gt;reflects the fact that those using other illicit drugs tended to use more&lt;br /&gt;than one other illicit drug. Those using other illicit drugs reported a&lt;br /&gt;mean of 2.4 other illicit drugs used by age 25.&lt;br /&gt;Differences in illicit drug use by gender, ethnicity&lt;br /&gt;and education&lt;br /&gt;Table 3 shows life table estimates of the rates for use and dependence&lt;br /&gt;on cannabis and other illicit drugs by age 25, classified by:&lt;br /&gt;(i) gender; (ii) ethnicity; and (iii) education level. The table shows&lt;br /&gt;that:&lt;br /&gt;1. Males were significantly more likely than females to report: (i)&lt;br /&gt;cannabis dependence (p&lt;0.0001); (ii) using other illicit drugs&lt;br /&gt;(p&lt;0.05); (iii) using any illicit drugs (p&lt;0.05); and (iv) dependence&lt;br /&gt;on any illicit drugs (p&lt;0.0001).&lt;br /&gt;2. Cohort members identifying themselves as M¯aori were significantly&lt;br /&gt;more likely than non-M¯aori to report: (i) using cannabis&lt;br /&gt;(p&lt;0.0001); (ii) cannabis dependence (p&lt;0.05); (iii) using any&lt;br /&gt;illicit drugs (p&lt;0.0001); and (iv) dependence on any illicit drugs&lt;br /&gt;(p&lt;0.05).&lt;br /&gt;3. Those cohort members who left school without qualifications were&lt;br /&gt;significantly more likely than those achieving qualifications to report:&lt;br /&gt;(i) using cannabis (p&lt;0.0001); (ii) cannabis dependence&lt;br /&gt;(p&lt;0.0001); (iii) dependence on other illicit drugs (p&lt;0.01); (iv)&lt;br /&gt;using any illicit drugs (p&lt;0.0001); and (v) dependence on any&lt;br /&gt;illicit drugs (p&lt;0.0001).&lt;br /&gt;Risk factors for illicit drug use and dependence&lt;br /&gt;The results above raise issues about the extent to which patterns of&lt;br /&gt;illicit drug use and dependence could have been predicted from factors&lt;br /&gt;present by age 15 years. This issue was explored by fitting proportional&lt;br /&gt;hazards regression models in which the hazards or instantaneous risks&lt;br /&gt;of onset of cannabis and other illicit drug use and dependence by age&lt;br /&gt;25 years were modelled as log-linear functions of a range of social,&lt;br /&gt;childhood and related risk factors. The results of these regression models&lt;br /&gt;are presented in Table 4, which shows parameter estimates, standard&lt;br /&gt;errors, and significance levels for the statistically significant demographic&lt;br /&gt;factors and risk factors for any illicit drug use and dependence.&lt;br /&gt;The table shows that:&lt;br /&gt;1. Illicit drug use was predicted by: (i) male gender (p&lt;0.0001); (ii)&lt;br /&gt;M¯aori identification (p&lt;0.05); (iii) association with substanceusing&lt;br /&gt;peers (p&lt;0.0001); (iv) a parental history of illicit substance&lt;br /&gt;use (p&lt;0.001); (v) novelty-seeking (p&lt;0.0001); (vi) frequency&lt;br /&gt;of cigarette smoking at age 14 (p&lt;0.0001); and (vii) frequency of&lt;br /&gt;alcohol consumption at age 14 (p&lt;0.0001).&lt;br /&gt;2. Illicit drug dependence was predicted by: (i) gender (p&lt;0.0001);&lt;br /&gt;(ii) association with substance-using peers (p&lt;0.0001); (iii) a&lt;br /&gt;parental history of illicit substance use (p&lt;0.05); (iv) childhood&lt;br /&gt;sexual abuse (p&lt;0.0001); (v) novelty-seeking (p&lt;0.0001); and&lt;br /&gt;(vi) conduct problems at age 14 (p&lt;0.05).&lt;br /&gt;The results suggest that the association between education, ethnicity,&lt;br /&gt;and illicit drug use and dependence reported in Table 3 were partially&lt;br /&gt;mediated by the other risk factors shown in Table 4. In particular, after&lt;br /&gt;adjustment for these factors, education level was no longer a predictor&lt;br /&gt;of illicit drug use while ethnicity remained predictive of illicit drug use.&lt;br /&gt;In contrast, both education level and ethnicity were no longer predictive&lt;br /&gt;of illicit drug dependence after risk factors had been taken into account.&lt;br /&gt;However, gender remained a predictor of illicit drug use and dependence&lt;br /&gt;in the proportional hazards regression model, even after control for risk&lt;br /&gt;factors, suggesting that males were more susceptible to use and misuse&lt;br /&gt;of illicit drugs.&lt;br /&gt;Similar proportional hazards regression analyses were carried out&lt;br /&gt;for cannabis use and dependence, and other illicit drug use and&lt;br /&gt;dependence. A similar pattern of findings emerged for cannabis&lt;br /&gt;and other illicit drug use and dependence as were reported.&lt;br /&gt;The results of the fitted regression models for illicit drug use and&lt;br /&gt;dependence are illustrated in Figs 1 and 2, which depict rates of cannabis&lt;br /&gt;and other illicit drug use (Fig. 1) and dependence (Fig. 2) classified by&lt;br /&gt;the number of risk factors present in cohort members. Risk factors were&lt;br /&gt;dichotomized as: (i) present or absent, in the case of (male) gender,&lt;br /&gt;Ma¯ori identification, parental history of illicit substance use, and sexual&lt;br /&gt;abuse; or (ii) the cohort member scoring in the highest decile on the&lt;br /&gt;risk factor measure, in the case of peer substance use, novelty-seeking,&lt;br /&gt;frequency of cigarette smoking and alcohol use, and conduct disorder&lt;br /&gt;at age 14. The dichotomized risk factor scores were summed to give a&lt;br /&gt;total number of risk factors present for each cohort member. The results&lt;br /&gt;for illicit drug use show clear trends in which increased exposure to&lt;br /&gt;risks is associated with increased use of both cannabis and other illicit&lt;br /&gt;drugs. Those with three or more risk factors (38% of the cohort) had&lt;br /&gt;over a 95% chance of using cannabis and a better than 60% chance of&lt;br /&gt;using other illicit drugs. The results for illicit drug dependence show&lt;br /&gt;a similar pattern of increased exposure to risks being associated with&lt;br /&gt;increased dependence. Those with four or more risk factors (11% of the&lt;br /&gt;cohort) had a 50% risk of cannabis dependence and a greater than 15%&lt;br /&gt;risk of dependence on other illicit drugs.&lt;br /&gt;Discussion&lt;br /&gt;This paper has presented a longitudinal description of&lt;br /&gt;patterns of illicit drug use by members of the CHDS&lt;br /&gt;cohort up to the age of 25 years, and an examination of&lt;br /&gt;the risk factors for illicit drug use and dependence among&lt;br /&gt;cohort members. A number of major themes and issues&lt;br /&gt;emerged from the analyses.&lt;br /&gt;The principal findings of this study were of high lifetime&lt;br /&gt;rates of illicit drug use, with nearly 80% of the&lt;br /&gt;cohort using an illicit drug by the age of 25. This high&lt;br /&gt;lifetime rate of illicit drug use is consistent with that&lt;br /&gt;found in other New Zealand studies. Thus, the Dunedin&lt;br /&gt;Multidisciplinary Health and Development Study [14,15]&lt;br /&gt;found that by age 26, 70.1% of cohort members had&lt;br /&gt;used cannabis at some point in their lives (compared&lt;br /&gt;with 76.7% in the current study). Similarly, the 2001&lt;br /&gt;National Drug Use surveys [3] found that nearly 60% of&lt;br /&gt;New Zealanders aged 18–24 reported using cannabis on&lt;br /&gt;at least one occasion. Because the National Drug Use&lt;br /&gt;survey is based on retrospective reports derived from&lt;br /&gt;cross-sectional data, it may underestimate the lifetime&lt;br /&gt;use of illicit drugs by young adults. In comparison with&lt;br /&gt;observed international rates of illicit drug use, drug use&lt;br /&gt;by young New Zealanders appears to be relatively high.&lt;br /&gt;For example, US and European studies suggest rates of&lt;br /&gt;illicit drug use in young people that range from 44% to&lt;br /&gt;55% [16–19]. The high rate of illicit drug use in New&lt;br /&gt;Zealand is largely explained by the high rate of cannabis&lt;br /&gt;use.&lt;br /&gt;As might be expected from high lifetime rates of illicit&lt;br /&gt;drug use, life time rates of illicit drug dependence&lt;br /&gt;in this cohort were comparatively high, with 12.5%&lt;br /&gt;meeting DSM-IV criteria for cannabis dependence and&lt;br /&gt;3.6% meeting criteria for other illicit drug dependence&lt;br /&gt;by age 25. These figures are similar to those reported&lt;br /&gt;by the Dunedin Multidisciplinary Health and Development&lt;br /&gt;Study, who found that 9.4% of the sample had met&lt;br /&gt;DSM-III and DSM-IV criteria for cannabis dependence&lt;br /&gt;by age 26 [15]. There has been growing international&lt;br /&gt;interest in rates of illicit drug dependence, and in particular&lt;br /&gt;cannabis dependence. Comparisons suggest that&lt;br /&gt;Australia and New Zealand tend to have higher rates of&lt;br /&gt;illicit drug dependence, ranging from 12% to 9% [15,20–&lt;br /&gt;22], than the US and Europe, with rates ranging from&lt;br /&gt;3.4% to 2.2% [19,23,24]. Although the precise reasons&lt;br /&gt;for these differences are unknown, it is possible that certain&lt;br /&gt;cultural or social factors unique to Australasia lead&lt;br /&gt;to higher rates of illicit drug dependence in this area. In&lt;br /&gt;the present cohort, high levels of substance use may be&lt;br /&gt;one reason for the observed high levels of dependence,&lt;br /&gt;as suggested by Degenhardt et al. [25].&lt;br /&gt;The results also show that the CHDS cohort members&lt;br /&gt;had experience with awide array of drugs. The most commonly&lt;br /&gt;used drugs, aside from cannabis, were hallucinogens&lt;br /&gt;(36.2%) and amphetamine-type stimulants (26.9%),&lt;br /&gt;with a minority of the cohort using ‘hard’ drugs such as&lt;br /&gt;cocaine (9.1%) and opiates (3.7%). In addition, there was&lt;br /&gt;clear evidence of poly-drug use among those using other&lt;br /&gt;illicit drugs. In this group the average number of different&lt;br /&gt;types of illicit drugs (other than cannabis) used by age 25&lt;br /&gt;was 2.4.&lt;br /&gt;Overall these results reinforce concerns about the apparently&lt;br /&gt;growing utilization of illicit drugs by adolescents&lt;br /&gt;and young people. The findings of this study suggest:&lt;br /&gt;1. The use of illicit drugs by young people has reached&lt;br /&gt;a point where drug use at some point in the life span&lt;br /&gt;is part of normal experience.&lt;br /&gt;2. Although the majority of illicit drug users are occasional&lt;br /&gt;recreational users who do not develop dependence,&lt;br /&gt;nearly one in seven young people develop&lt;br /&gt;dependence on an illicit drug by age 25. In most&lt;br /&gt;cases this dependence involved cannabis.&lt;br /&gt;In agreement with a number of other studies, illicit drug&lt;br /&gt;use and dependence was more common among males,&lt;br /&gt;M¯aori and young people lacking formal educational qualifications&lt;br /&gt;[15,22,26–28].&lt;br /&gt;Subsequent analyses of this cohort suggested that while&lt;br /&gt;gender remained a predictor of illicit drug use and dependence,&lt;br /&gt;the associations between ethnicity and education&lt;br /&gt;level and illicit drug use and dependence reflected the&lt;br /&gt;influence of a series of mediating factors. These factors&lt;br /&gt;included family and childhood factors, peer factors, and&lt;br /&gt;personality factors. Specifically, those factors that were&lt;br /&gt;found to predict illicit substance use and dependence&lt;br /&gt;included having parents who used illicit drugs, experiencing&lt;br /&gt;sexual abuse as a child, affiliating with substanceusing&lt;br /&gt;peers during early adolescence, cigarette smoking&lt;br /&gt;and alcohol consumption by age 14, novelty-seeking behaviours&lt;br /&gt;and conduct problems at age 14. Examination&lt;br /&gt;of the role of these factors in the development of illicit&lt;br /&gt;drug use and dependence suggests a cumulative risk&lt;br /&gt;model in which risks of use and dependence increased&lt;br /&gt;with increasing exposure to risk factors in childhood and&lt;br /&gt;adolescence.&lt;br /&gt;Although the present study provides an overview of&lt;br /&gt;illicit drug use and dependence and the correlates of such&lt;br /&gt;use and dependence, the findings are subject to a number&lt;br /&gt;of caveats.&lt;br /&gt;1. Measurement – First, all measurements were based&lt;br /&gt;on self-report data, and the accuracy of the reports&lt;br /&gt;depends upon the willingness of respondents to&lt;br /&gt;disclose illicit drug use and dependence. It is possible&lt;br /&gt;that this limitation may have led to some underreporting&lt;br /&gt;of illicit drug use and dependence, so the&lt;br /&gt;results of this study should best be interpreted as&lt;br /&gt;giving lower limit estimates of the actual incidence&lt;br /&gt;of illicit drug use and dependence among the CHDS&lt;br /&gt;cohort.&lt;br /&gt;2. Sampling – This paper is based on the results for&lt;br /&gt;a cohort born at a specific point in time and in a&lt;br /&gt;specific geographic region, and measured at specific&lt;br /&gt;ages. The extent to which these findings can be generalized&lt;br /&gt;to other cohorts in other regions of New&lt;br /&gt;Zealand or elsewhere is unclear. In particular, there&lt;br /&gt;has been concern on the part of many about the increasing&lt;br /&gt;use of illicit drugs by adolescents, and it&lt;br /&gt;may be that findings from this study have underestimated&lt;br /&gt;the problem of the use of illicit drugs in the&lt;br /&gt;contemporary adolescent population.&lt;br /&gt;These concerns notwithstanding, the present study suggests&lt;br /&gt;a disturbingly high level of use of, and dependence&lt;br /&gt;on, illicit drugs by young people in New Zealand,&lt;br /&gt;with particularly high rates of cannabis use. The findings&lt;br /&gt;should serve to alert psychiatrists and others dealing&lt;br /&gt;with this population that issues regarding illicit drug use&lt;br /&gt;are perhaps more pervasive than previously believed, and&lt;br /&gt;that more attention should perhaps be given to the role&lt;br /&gt;of cannabis in the development of drug problems. Recent&lt;br /&gt;advances in brief interventions for cannabis and other&lt;br /&gt;substance dependence [29–31] would suggest that, although&lt;br /&gt;the problems of drug use and dependence may be&lt;br /&gt;underestimated, they may indeed be tractable.</description><link>http://order-ultram-online.blogspot.com/2008/02/illicit-drug-use-and-dependence-in-new.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Landrogek)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5477654376337753520.post-663395944076808325</guid><pubDate>Mon, 25 Feb 2008 17:57:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2008-02-25T10:17:01.391-08:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Adverse drug reaction</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Global optimization</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Multi-label classification</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Suspected drugs</category><title>Mental symptoms, psychotropic drug use and alcohol consumption in immigrated  middle-aged women. The Women’s Health in  Lund Area (WHILA) Study</title><description>This study aims to analyse mental symptoms, psychotropic drug use and alcohol consumption,&lt;br /&gt;in immigrant women born in Finland, the other Nordic countries, Eastern Europe, Western&lt;br /&gt;Europe and countries outside Europe, compared with Swedish-born women, and furthermore,&lt;br /&gt;to study if age at immigration may have an influence. All women (n /10,766) aged 50 59 years&lt;br /&gt;and living in the Lund area of southern Sweden received a postal invitation to a health survey&lt;br /&gt;named the Women’s Health in Lund Area; 64.2% (n /6917) participated. The participants&lt;br /&gt;answered a questionnaire including prevalence of mental symptoms during the past 3 months,&lt;br /&gt;regular use of psychotropic drugs, alcohol consumption during an average week, country of&lt;br /&gt;birth and age at immigration. Severe mental symptoms were more common among most&lt;br /&gt;immigrant groups compared with native Swedes, but the association to country of birth was not&lt;br /&gt;significant after adjustment for possible confounders. Regular use of hypnotics was more&lt;br /&gt;common among Nordic immigrants only (odds ration). East European and non-&lt;br /&gt;European immigrants less often were alcohol consumers . Heavy&lt;br /&gt;drinking was more common among non-Nordic immigrants who immigrated at a younger age&lt;br /&gt;than at an older age. Furthermore, it was found that although East European and non-European&lt;br /&gt;immigrants had a higher educational level, they were less often gainfully employed compared&lt;br /&gt;with native Swedes. In middle-aged women, country of birth as well as age at immigration are&lt;br /&gt;important factors to consider in relation to alcohol consumption, but these factors may be of&lt;br /&gt;less importance considering mental health.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;During the last decade, alcohol consumption and&lt;br /&gt;long-term sick-leave due to mental diagnoses have&lt;br /&gt;increased dramatically in the Swedish population, particularly&lt;br /&gt;among women (1, 2). Alcohol consumption and&lt;br /&gt;mental health problems in immigrated middle-aged&lt;br /&gt;women have been insufficiently studied, but increased&lt;br /&gt;knowledge is of vital interest, since Sweden, like many&lt;br /&gt;European countries, is turning into a multi-ethnic&lt;br /&gt;society. In general, immigrants may be considered a&lt;br /&gt;vulnerable group as they face a number of stressors such&lt;br /&gt;as acculturative, socio-economic and minority stress.&lt;br /&gt;In a female population 50-59 years old, we have&lt;br /&gt;previously investigated mental symptoms and alcohol&lt;br /&gt;consumption, and found that immigrants more often&lt;br /&gt;had severe mental symptoms but less often drank&lt;br /&gt;alcohol compared with native Swedes (3, 4). In these&lt;br /&gt;studies, we only analysed whether the woman was an&lt;br /&gt;immigrant or not. In the present study, we will further&lt;br /&gt;investigate the findings by focusing on the immigrated&lt;br /&gt;woman’s country of birth and age at immigration.&lt;br /&gt;This study aims to analyse mental symptoms, psychotropic&lt;br /&gt;drug use and alcohol consumption in immigrant&lt;br /&gt;women born in Finland, the other Nordic countries, East&lt;br /&gt;Europe, West Europe and countries outside Europe,&lt;br /&gt;compared with Swedish-born women, and in addition&lt;br /&gt;to study if age at immigration may have an influence.&lt;br /&gt;Material and Methods&lt;br /&gt;Participants&lt;br /&gt;All women (n /10,766) aged 50 59 years, born between&lt;br /&gt;2 December 1935 and 1 December 1945, and by 1&lt;br /&gt;December 1995 living in the Lund area of southern&lt;br /&gt;Sweden (172,005 inhabitants) were invited to the Women’s&lt;br /&gt;Health in Lund Area Study (WHILA). This study&lt;br /&gt;is based on a self-administered questionnaire, which was&lt;br /&gt;received by mail, filled out at home and returned at a&lt;br /&gt;medical examination where a nurse/midwife assisted to&lt;br /&gt;rule out information bias; an interpreter assisted when&lt;br /&gt;needed. The examinations took place from 2 December&lt;br /&gt;1995 until 3 February 2000. A total of 6917 women&lt;br /&gt;(64.2%) participated, among whom 601 (8.7%) were&lt;br /&gt;immigrants. An attrition analysis has been presented&lt;br /&gt;previously (3). Informed consent was obtained from all&lt;br /&gt;participants. The ethics committee at Lund University&lt;br /&gt;approved the study.&lt;br /&gt;We lack information about country of birth among&lt;br /&gt;non-participants, but according to Statistics Sweden, of&lt;br /&gt;all women aged 50 59 years and in 1995 living in the&lt;br /&gt;Lund area, 89.4% (n /9649) were native Swedes, 3.5%&lt;br /&gt;(n /379) born in another Nordic country, 5.5% (n /595)&lt;br /&gt;born in another European country and 1.5% (n /167)&lt;br /&gt;born outside Europe. In comparison with our figures&lt;br /&gt;(presented under Results), Nordic and non-European&lt;br /&gt;immigrants were representative, whereas European immigrants&lt;br /&gt;participated less often (PB/0.001).&lt;br /&gt;Questionnaire&lt;br /&gt;NATIVE COUNTRY&lt;br /&gt;Based on stated country of birth the women were&lt;br /&gt;divided into six categories: ‘‘native Swede’’, ‘‘Finnish&lt;br /&gt;immigrant’’, ‘‘Nordic immigrant’’ (i.e. Denmark, Iceland&lt;br /&gt;and Norway), ‘‘East European immigrant’’ (also&lt;br /&gt;including former Soviet Union), West European immigrant&lt;br /&gt;(also including countries in southern Europe) and&lt;br /&gt;‘‘non-European immigrant’’.&lt;br /&gt;AGE AT IMMIGRATION&lt;br /&gt;Based on their age at immigration to Sweden the&lt;br /&gt;immigrated women were divided into: B/18 years (lowest&lt;br /&gt;quartile), 18 34 and ]/35 years old (highest quartile).&lt;br /&gt;MENTAL SYMPTOMS&lt;br /&gt;The Gothenburg Quality of Life instrument was used to&lt;br /&gt;measure prevalence of 10 mental and 19 physical&lt;br /&gt;symptoms. The women answered ‘‘yes’’ or ‘‘no’’ as to&lt;br /&gt;whether the symptom had troubled her during the past&lt;br /&gt;3 months (5). Based on the sum of mental symptoms, we&lt;br /&gt;classified severity of mental symptoms: ‘‘absent/slight’’&lt;br /&gt;(0 1 symptom, lowest quartile), ‘‘moderate’’ (2 6&lt;br /&gt;symptoms) and ‘‘severe’’ (7 10 symptoms, highest&lt;br /&gt;quartile).&lt;br /&gt;PSYCHOTROPIC DRUG USE&lt;br /&gt;The women reported what medications they regularly&lt;br /&gt;use. In this paper, we examined their use of the&lt;br /&gt;psychotropic drugs*anxiolytics, hypnotics and antidepressants.&lt;br /&gt;ALCOHOL CONSUMPTION&lt;br /&gt;The women reported the quantity (glass/bottles specified&lt;br /&gt;in centilitres) of wine, beer and liquor respectively that&lt;br /&gt;they drink during an average week, or chose the option&lt;br /&gt;‘‘no alcohol’’. We converted total alcohol intake into&lt;br /&gt;grams of alcohol and created four categories: none, low&lt;br /&gt;(1 83 g), moderate (84 167 g) and heavy (]/168 g) (4).&lt;br /&gt;SOCIAL SITUATION&lt;br /&gt;The women stated household composition (with partner,&lt;br /&gt;alone, with partner and child/ren, single parent or with&lt;br /&gt;parent/other), highest level of education (comprehensive&lt;br /&gt;school, upper secondary school or university education),&lt;br /&gt;employment status (full-time/part-time work, unemployed,&lt;br /&gt;disability pension, long-term sick leave or&lt;br /&gt;housewife) and if she visited friends at least once a&lt;br /&gt;month.&lt;br /&gt;PHYSICAL HEALTH&lt;br /&gt;The women stated whether they use hormone replacement&lt;br /&gt;therapy. As described above the prevalence of 19&lt;br /&gt;physical symptoms was asked for. Based on the sum of&lt;br /&gt;physical symptoms we classified severity of physical&lt;br /&gt;symptoms: ‘‘absent/slight’’ (0 2 symptoms, lowest quartile),&lt;br /&gt;‘‘moderate’’ (3 7 symptoms), and ‘‘severe’’ (8 19&lt;br /&gt;symptoms, highest quartile).&lt;br /&gt;Statistics&lt;br /&gt;Calculations were performed using the computer software&lt;br /&gt;SPSS 12.0. The chi-square test was used to analyse&lt;br /&gt;differences in proportions and when required Fishers&lt;br /&gt;exact test was used. P-values B/0.05 were considered&lt;br /&gt;statistically significant. In calculation of employment,&lt;br /&gt;old-age pensioners and students were&lt;br /&gt;excluded.&lt;br /&gt;When analysing the country of birth, 21 women were&lt;br /&gt;excluded as they stated being born abroad but did not&lt;br /&gt;state the country. Each immigrant group was compared&lt;br /&gt;with native Swedes (Table 1).&lt;br /&gt;Four separate multivariate logistic regression analyses&lt;br /&gt;were performed: severe mental symptoms  vs.&lt;br /&gt;absent/slight symptoms ; use of hypnotics  vs. no use ; use of antidepressants (n /325)&lt;br /&gt;vs. no use ; and non-drinking (n ow/moderate/heavy drinking (n 4901). In the first&lt;br /&gt;three analyses, we adjusted for age, alcohol consumption,&lt;br /&gt;household, level of education, employment, visiting&lt;br /&gt;friends, physical symptoms, and use of hormone replacement&lt;br /&gt;therapy in the first block, and country of birth in&lt;br /&gt;the second block. In the last-mentioned analysis (nondrinking)&lt;br /&gt;we adjusted for age, severity of mental&lt;br /&gt;symptoms, use of anxiolytics, use of hypnotics, use of&lt;br /&gt;antidepressants, household, level of education, employment,&lt;br /&gt;visiting friends, physical symptoms, and use of&lt;br /&gt;hormone replacement therapy in the first block, country&lt;br /&gt;of birth in the second block. Hosmer and Lemeshow&lt;br /&gt;tests were performed: 0.816-0.843.&lt;br /&gt;When analysing the influence of age at immigration,&lt;br /&gt;64 immigrants were excluded: 21 that did not state&lt;br /&gt;country of birth and 43 that did not state when they&lt;br /&gt;immigrated. Due to the small number of women in each&lt;br /&gt;age group, Finnish and Nordic immigrants were merged&lt;br /&gt;into ‘‘Nordic immigrants’’ and East and West European&lt;br /&gt;immigrants into ‘‘European immigrants’’. Age at immigration&lt;br /&gt;within Nordic, European and non-European&lt;br /&gt;immigrants respectively was compared (Table 2).&lt;br /&gt;Results&lt;br /&gt;East European, West European and non-European&lt;br /&gt;immigrants more often were troubled by severe mental&lt;br /&gt;symptoms compared with native Swedes; Nordic immigrants&lt;br /&gt;more often used hypnotics and antidepressants,&lt;br /&gt;and non-European immigrants significantly more often&lt;br /&gt;were non-drinkers of alcohol (Table 1).&lt;br /&gt;All immigrant groups except Nordic immigrants&lt;br /&gt;differed regarding the social situation in comparison&lt;br /&gt;with native Swedes. Finnish immigrants more often lived&lt;br /&gt;alone, 27% vs. 18%, or as single parents, 8% vs. 4% (PB/&lt;br /&gt;0.01, 4 df), were disability pensioners, 20% vs. 8%&lt;br /&gt;(PB/0.01, 4 df), and less often visited friends, 18% vs.&lt;br /&gt;8% (PB/0.001, 1 df). East European immigrants more&lt;br /&gt;often had university education, 62% vs. 34% (PB/0.001,&lt;br /&gt;2 df), were disability pensioners, 14% vs. 8%, or housewives,&lt;br /&gt;6% vs. 2% (PB/0.001, 4 df). West European&lt;br /&gt;immigrants more often lived alone, 25% vs. 18%&lt;br /&gt;(PB/0.05, 4 df), had upper secondary school education,&lt;br /&gt;51% vs. 41% (PB/0.05, 2 df), and less often visited&lt;br /&gt;friends, 18% vs. 8% (PB/0.001, 1 df). Non-European&lt;br /&gt;immigrants differed most; they more often lived alone,&lt;br /&gt;30% vs. 18%, as single parents, 16% vs. 4%, or with&lt;br /&gt;parent/other, 4% vs. 1% (PB/0.001, 4 df). They more&lt;br /&gt;often had university education, 50% vs. 34% (PB/0.01,&lt;br /&gt;2 df), were unemployed, 15% vs. 4% (PB/0.001, 4 df),&lt;br /&gt;and less often visited friends, 15% vs. 8% (PB/0.05, 1 df).&lt;br /&gt;All immigrant groups except Nordic immigrants more&lt;br /&gt;often were troubled by severe physical symptoms in&lt;br /&gt;comparison with native Swedes; Finnish immigrants,&lt;br /&gt;28% vs. 17% (PB/0.01, 2 df), East European immigrants,&lt;br /&gt;35% vs. 17% (PB/0.001, 2 df), West European immigrants,&lt;br /&gt;29% vs. 17% (PB/0.001, 2 df), and non-European&lt;br /&gt;immigrants 33% vs. 17% (PB/0.001, 2 df).&lt;br /&gt;Furthermore, non-European immigrants less often&lt;br /&gt;used hormone replacement therapy, 24% vs. 45% (PB/&lt;br /&gt;0.001, 1 df).&lt;br /&gt;Four separate multivariate logistic regression analyses&lt;br /&gt;were performed as described in the Statistics section.&lt;br /&gt;Independently of age and other possible confounders,&lt;br /&gt;Nordic immigrants were associated with use of hypnotics&lt;br /&gt;,&lt;br /&gt;East European and non-European immigrants were&lt;br /&gt;associated with non-drinking of alcohol . East European, West&lt;br /&gt;European and non-European immigrants did not remain&lt;br /&gt;associated with severe mental symptoms, nor did Nordic&lt;br /&gt;immigrants remain associated with use of antidepressants.&lt;br /&gt;Age at immigration&lt;br /&gt;Discussion&lt;br /&gt;In a total population of women aged 50 59 years and&lt;br /&gt;living in a geographically defined area, we analysed&lt;br /&gt;whether mental symptoms, psychotropic drug use and&lt;br /&gt;alcohol consumption were associated with country of&lt;br /&gt;birth and age at immigration.&lt;br /&gt;There are some weaknesses in the study*primarily&lt;br /&gt;that the immigrant women were divided into rather&lt;br /&gt;broad categories based on their country of birth. The&lt;br /&gt;categorization could lead to inaccurate generalizations,&lt;br /&gt;but was necessary due to the limited number of&lt;br /&gt;participants from different countries (except from Finland).&lt;br /&gt;To analyse every country specifically could lead to&lt;br /&gt;inaccurate generalizations, as each country contains a&lt;br /&gt;heterogeneous group of ethnic groups, social classes,&lt;br /&gt;religions and cultures. Another weakness in the study&lt;br /&gt;was that the woman’s reason for immigration was not&lt;br /&gt;requested. The major types of immigration to Sweden&lt;br /&gt;are labour migration and forced migration, and these&lt;br /&gt;characteristics have varied between countries and over&lt;br /&gt;time (6). Tentatively we can assume that Finnish, Nordic&lt;br /&gt;and West European immigrants are labour migrants (as&lt;br /&gt;only three women from former-Yugoslavia had immigrated&lt;br /&gt;after the outbreak of war), whereas East European&lt;br /&gt;and non-European immigrants are refugees.&lt;br /&gt;Consequently, the results in this study, as for most&lt;br /&gt;studies of immigrants, must be interpreted with caution.&lt;br /&gt;In the present study, we found that East European,&lt;br /&gt;West European and non-European immigrants were&lt;br /&gt;more often troubled by severe mental symptoms compared&lt;br /&gt;with native Swedes, but the association to country&lt;br /&gt;of birth was not statistically significant after control for&lt;br /&gt;possible confounders. Several studies have stressed&lt;br /&gt;poorer mental health among immigrants compared to&lt;br /&gt;native Swedes in terms of psychosomatic complaints,&lt;br /&gt;psychological distress, longstanding psychiatric illness,&lt;br /&gt;attempted suicide and suicide . European immi-&lt;br /&gt;grants B/18 years at immigration were less often&lt;br /&gt;troubled by severe mental symptoms. Young age at&lt;br /&gt;migration has been found favourable for mental health,&lt;br /&gt;suggesting that immigrants may overcome the nativity&lt;br /&gt;disadvantages found for emotional distress with increased&lt;br /&gt;duration of residence (12).&lt;br /&gt;When an immigrant patient seeks help for mental&lt;br /&gt;symptoms, it may well be easier for the general practitioner&lt;br /&gt;to prescribe psychotropic drugs than to offer&lt;br /&gt;psychosocial or psychotherapeutic treatment. Hjern&lt;br /&gt;concludes that immigrants’ higher consumption of&lt;br /&gt;sedatives and hypnotics indicates a differential treatment&lt;br /&gt;of minor psychiatric disorders of members of ethnic&lt;br /&gt;minorities in the Swedish healthcare system (13). In our&lt;br /&gt;study, however, we found that only Nordic immigrants&lt;br /&gt;used psychotropic drugs more frequently. This is an&lt;br /&gt;interesting finding, which warrants further investigation.&lt;br /&gt;In contrast to prior Swedish studies, we did not find that&lt;br /&gt;non-European immigrants had a higher use of psychotropic&lt;br /&gt;drugs (9, 13, 14).&lt;br /&gt;Furthermore, we found that non-European immigrants&lt;br /&gt;were more often non-users of alcohol, which&lt;br /&gt;was independent of age and other possible confounders.&lt;br /&gt;Many non-European immigrants were born in countries&lt;br /&gt;where female drinking is uncommon. Conceivably, some&lt;br /&gt;were Muslim who tend to refrain from alcohol. Furthermore,&lt;br /&gt;East European immigrants more often were nonusers,&lt;br /&gt;but this association was rather weak. Alcohol&lt;br /&gt;consumption did not differ between Finnish immigrants&lt;br /&gt;and native Swedes. Prior studies have found more&lt;br /&gt;alcohol-related problems, higher hospital admission&lt;br /&gt;because of an alcohol-related disorder and higher&lt;br /&gt;alcohol-related mortality among female Finnish immigrants&lt;br /&gt;(15 17). Among European and non-European&lt;br /&gt;immigrants, subjects ]/35 years old at immigration were&lt;br /&gt;more often non-drinkers, whereas younger women were&lt;br /&gt;more often heavy-drinkers. When immigrants get assimilated&lt;br /&gt;to their new society their alcohol consumption&lt;br /&gt;usually increases to approximate that of the native&lt;br /&gt;population (18 21). However, our results suggest that&lt;br /&gt;for women a young age at migration may involve an&lt;br /&gt;increased risk of heavy drinking in their middle age.&lt;br /&gt;That Lund is a pronounced university town can&lt;br /&gt;explain the generally high level of education amongst&lt;br /&gt;participants, which may be one reason for the lack of&lt;br /&gt;agreement with results in prior studies. Another reason&lt;br /&gt;may be that none of those studies have focused on&lt;br /&gt;middle-aged women.&lt;br /&gt;Another finding was that although East European&lt;br /&gt;and non-European immigrants had a higher level of&lt;br /&gt;education than native Swedes, they were less often&lt;br /&gt;gainfully employed. A similar result was found in a&lt;br /&gt;Swedish study of younger immigrant women (7). The&lt;br /&gt;reason for this is likely multi-factorial and needs further&lt;br /&gt;attention. We found that all immigrant groups, except&lt;br /&gt;the Nordic, differed from native Swedes regarding their&lt;br /&gt;social situation. Non-European immigrants had the&lt;br /&gt;poorest social situation. A report from Statistics Sweden&lt;br /&gt;shows that labour migrants from wealthy countries soon&lt;br /&gt;attain the same standard of living as native Swedes,&lt;br /&gt;whereas many refugees never do (22).&lt;br /&gt;To sum up the findings in this study; severe mental&lt;br /&gt;symptoms were more common among most immigrant&lt;br /&gt;groups compared with native Swedes, but the association&lt;br /&gt;to country of birth was not significant after adjustment&lt;br /&gt;for possible confounders. Regular use of hypnotics was&lt;br /&gt;more common among Nordic immigrants only. East&lt;br /&gt;European and non-European immigrants less often&lt;br /&gt;consumed alcohol. Heavy drinking was more common&lt;br /&gt;among non-Nordic immigrants who immigrated at a&lt;br /&gt;younger age than at an older age. Although East&lt;br /&gt;European and non-European immigrants had a higher&lt;br /&gt;educational level they were less often gainfully employed&lt;br /&gt;compared with native Swedes.&lt;br /&gt;We conclude that in middle-aged women country of&lt;br /&gt;birth as well as age at immigration are important factors&lt;br /&gt;to consider in relation to alcohol consumption, but these&lt;br /&gt;factors may be of less importance considering mental&lt;br /&gt;health.</description><link>http://order-ultram-online.blogspot.com/2008/02/mental-symptoms-psychotropic-drug-use.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Landrogek)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5477654376337753520.post-9164983177010184814</guid><pubDate>Sat, 23 Feb 2008 19:22:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2008-02-23T11:27:59.755-08:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">adolescents; youth; gay</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">bars</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">bisexual</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">club drugs</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">HIV risk</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">medicines</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">online pharmacy</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">pills</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">risk factors</category><title>Club Drug Use in Los Angeles Among Young Men Who Have SexWith Men</title><description>Little is known about young men who have sex with men’s use of club drugs and the risk&lt;br /&gt;factors associated with such use. A structured survey was administered in 2005 to 496&lt;br /&gt;young men who were 18–22 years old (40% were 18–19 years old); self-identified as&lt;br /&gt;with a same-sex sexuality (83%), bisexual (16%), and/or had had sex with a man (97%);&lt;br /&gt;Caucasian (35%), African American (24%), and Latino of Mexican descent (40%).&lt;br /&gt;Subjects were recruited from gay-identified venues in Los Angeles, California, using a&lt;br /&gt;venue-based probability sampling design. Descriptive statistics revealed a high prevalence&lt;br /&gt;of drug and club drug use. Regression analyses revealed risk factors associated&lt;br /&gt;with recent club drug use, including place of residence, religiosity, disclosure of sexuality&lt;br /&gt;to family, frequency of attendance at bars/clubs, and involvement in sexual exchange&lt;br /&gt;and street economy. Limitations and implications of this research are discussed.&lt;br /&gt;Introduction&lt;br /&gt;While it is now well understood that most adolescents will experiment with alcohol and&lt;br /&gt;drugs at some point during their teens (Arnett, 2000), there is also considerable evidence that&lt;br /&gt;young men who have sex with men (YMSM)1 are at particularly high risk for drug use. For&lt;br /&gt;manyYMSM,adolescence is a time of rejection from family and friends, stigmatization, and&lt;br /&gt;social isolation. While connectedness with family has repeatedly been found to be highly&lt;br /&gt;protective against drug use and other risky behaviors among young people (Flaherty and&lt;br /&gt;Richman, 1986; Kobak and Sceery, 1988; Sarason, Pierce, Bannerman, and Sarason, 1993;&lt;br /&gt;Sneed, Morisky, Rotheram-Borus, Ebin, and Malotte, 2001; Sroufe and Fleeson, 1986),&lt;br /&gt;YMSM often find themselves feeling disconnected and isolated from their families because&lt;br /&gt;of their sexuality. Moreover, the struggle to develop and integrate a positive adult identity,&lt;br /&gt;a primary developmental task for all adolescents, becomes an even greater challenge for&lt;br /&gt;YMSMgiven the disapproval, discrimination, and homophobiamany experience (D’Augelli&lt;br /&gt;and Herschberger, 1993; Gonsiorek, 1988; Hetrick and Martin, 1987; Hunter and Mallon,&lt;br /&gt;1999; Ryan and Futterman, 1997; Savin-Williams, 1989, 1990b; Telljohann and Price,&lt;br /&gt;1993; Uribe and Harbeck, 1992). YMSM may resist disclosure of their sexuality out of&lt;br /&gt;fear of rejection by peers or family members (Gonsiorek, 1988; Savin-Williams, 1989,&lt;br /&gt;1990b). Among those who have “come out,” families may not react well to this disclosure&lt;br /&gt;(Telljohann and Price, 1993), with negative reactions ranging from tolerance, rather than&lt;br /&gt;active support of the individual to, extreme hostility, abuse, and violence (Hunter, 1990;&lt;br /&gt;Remafedi, 1987). These negative reactions may in turn result in a range of health and mental&lt;br /&gt;health problems (Martin and Hetrick, 1988; Savin-Williams, 1990a; Savin-Williams and&lt;br /&gt;Lenhart, 1990), including alcohol and drug use. To ease their sense of isolation, these youth&lt;br /&gt;may seek out and begin to spend time in gay venues, such as bars or clubs, where they may&lt;br /&gt;find acceptance, but also be introduced to illicit drugs, including club drugs.&lt;br /&gt;To date, little research has been conducted to examine the impact of these experiences—&lt;br /&gt;i.e., the impact of coming out to family and friends, feeling acceptance and/or rejection from&lt;br /&gt;family and friends—on YMSM’s use of drugs and involvement in risk behaviors (Ryan and&lt;br /&gt;Futterman, 1997). The limited research that has been conducted suggests that YMSM are&lt;br /&gt;significantly more likely than heterosexual youth to report lifetime use of alcohol and&lt;br /&gt;drugs, including injectable drugs, as well as report use of marijuana and cocaine before&lt;br /&gt;13 years of age (Wolitski, Valdiserri, Denning, and Levine, 2001). Risk factors associated&lt;br /&gt;with high levels of substance use include a history of childhood sexual abuse (Hughes&lt;br /&gt;and Eliason, 2002), stressful life events (Rosario, Schrimshaw, and Hunter, 2004), gayrelated&lt;br /&gt;verbal harassment and discrimination (Rosario, Rotheram-Borus, and Reid, 1996),&lt;br /&gt;and involvement in gay-related social events (Rosario et al., 2004). Unfortunately, the vast&lt;br /&gt;majority of studies conducted to date with YMSM have been descriptive in nature and&lt;br /&gt;conducted with small, nonrepresentative samples of convenience. The one exception is the&lt;br /&gt;Young Men’s Survey, a large-scale study conducted in the mid-1990s with 15- to 22-yearold&lt;br /&gt;YMSM in seven U.S. cities (Valleroy et al., 2000). Findings from this study revealed&lt;br /&gt;a high prevalence of lifetime, recent, and frequent illicit drug use, including stimulants&lt;br /&gt;such as cocaine and amphetamines. Risk factors found to be associated with drug use in&lt;br /&gt;this sample included race/ethnicity (with Caucasian youth being at increased risk), sexual&lt;br /&gt;identity (with youth who identified as bisexual and heterosexual being at increased risk),&lt;br /&gt;disclosure of sexual identity (with nondisclosure associated with increased risk), history of&lt;br /&gt;sexual abuse, and history of homelessness. No subsequent research has been conducted to&lt;br /&gt;examine YMSM’s drug use patterns in light of more recent trends in the availability and&lt;br /&gt;popularity of illicit drugs.&lt;br /&gt;In contrast to the limited research that has been conducted to date with YMSM, considerable&lt;br /&gt;research has been conducted to examine the drug use patterns of older adult men&lt;br /&gt;who have sex with men (MSM), suggesting that MSM may have as much as a sevenfold&lt;br /&gt;increase in illicit drug use when compared to a nationally representative sample of single&lt;br /&gt;urban men (Woody et al., 2001). Risk factors found to be associated with drug use among&lt;br /&gt;MSM include a history of forced sex and/or childhood sexual abuse (Ellickson, Collins,&lt;br /&gt;Bogart, Klein, and Taylor, 2005; Kaukinen, 2002), attendance in gay bars or nightclubs&lt;br /&gt;(Waldo, McFarland, Katz, MacKellar, and Valleroy, 2000), and internalized homophobia&lt;br /&gt;(Malyon, 1982; Nungesser, 1983; Shidlo, 1994; Swadi, 1999).&lt;br /&gt;Recent studies have begun to examine MSM’s use of club drugs, particularly within the&lt;br /&gt;context of MSM’s involvement in HIV risk behaviors (Halkitis, Parsons, and Stirratt, 2001;&lt;br /&gt;Koblin et al., 2003; Reback, 1997; Reback, Larkins, and Shoptaw, 2004; Stall and Ostrow,&lt;br /&gt;1989; Thiede et al., 2003; Weber et al., 2003). Generally speaking, club drugs refer to a&lt;br /&gt;category of drugs that are commonly used at clubs, raves, or dance parties, including cocaine,&lt;br /&gt;methamphetamine, ecstasy, GHB, and ketamine. Club drugs in general, but stimulants in&lt;br /&gt;particular, are believed to be responsible for the increased prevalence of sexually transmitted&lt;br /&gt;infections (STIs) reported among MSM since the late 1990s (Eichenthal, 2001; Guss, 2000;&lt;br /&gt;Halkitis, Fischgrund, and Parsons, 2005; Halkitis et al., 2001; Halkitis, Parsons, andWilton,&lt;br /&gt;2003; Patterson and Semple, 2003; Reback et al., 2004). Methamphetamine, one of the&lt;br /&gt;most commonly used club drugs (Finnerty, 2003) has been found to put MSM at increased&lt;br /&gt;risk for engaging in HIV risk-related sexual behaviors and infection (Eichenthal, 2001;&lt;br /&gt;Stall et al., 2001). Methamphetamine is believed to encourage risky sexual behaviors by&lt;br /&gt;intensifying and prolonging sexual encounters, increasing the subjective pleasure of sex&lt;br /&gt;(Guss, 2000; Halkitis et al., 2005, 2001, 2003; Patterson and Semple, 2003), increasing a&lt;br /&gt;sense of euphoria and confidence, and encouraging impulsivity that may in turn lower one’s&lt;br /&gt;inhibition to engage in unprotected sex (Halkitis et al., 2003; Kurtz, 2005; Purcell, Ibanez,&lt;br /&gt;and Schwartz, 2005). Despite rising concerns about club drug use among MSM, little is&lt;br /&gt;known about YMSM’s use of these drugs.&lt;br /&gt;In this article, we report the prevalence of illicit drug use and correlates of recent club&lt;br /&gt;drug use among a large and ethnically diverse sample of YMSM recruited from gay venues&lt;br /&gt;in Los Angeles, California, using a venue-based probability sampling design. The research&lt;br /&gt;received Institutional Review Board approval.&lt;br /&gt;Methods&lt;br /&gt;Study Sample and Sampling Design&lt;br /&gt;A total of 496 subjects were recruited into the Health Young Men’s (HYM) Study between&lt;br /&gt;February and December of 2005.2 Young men were eligible to participate in the&lt;br /&gt;study if they were 18–22 years old; self-identified as gay, bisexual, or uncertain about&lt;br /&gt;their sexual orientation and/or reported having had sex with a man; self-identified as Caucasian,&lt;br /&gt;African American, or Latino of Mexican descent; and a resident of Los Angeles&lt;br /&gt;County with no expectation of living outside the county for at least 6 months following&lt;br /&gt;recruitment.&lt;br /&gt;Young men were recruited at public venues using the venue-based probability sampling&lt;br /&gt;design developed by the Young Men’s Study and later modified by the Community&lt;br /&gt;Intervention Trials for Youth study (MacKellar, Valleroy, Karon, Lemp, and Janssen, 1996;&lt;br /&gt;Muhib et al., 2001). Public venues included bars, coffee houses, parks, beaches, and hightraffic&lt;br /&gt;street locations where YMSM spend time or hang out; social events such as a picnic&lt;br /&gt;or baseball game sponsored by an agency or organization that serves YMSM; and special&lt;br /&gt;events such as gay pride festivals. Enumerations of young men attending these types&lt;br /&gt;of venues were first conducted at different days and times. Based on these enumerations,&lt;br /&gt;sampling frames were constructed of specific 4-hour time periods from 36 venues where&lt;br /&gt;a minimum of eight eligible men might be encountered for further information about the&lt;br /&gt;study design and sampling methods).&lt;br /&gt;Recruitment Procedures&lt;br /&gt;Three to four researchers conducted 4-hour sampling events in accordance with monthly&lt;br /&gt;sampling calendars. Young men who entered the venue and appeared to be eligible for&lt;br /&gt;the study were systematically counted (using a “clicker”) and invited to complete a brief&lt;br /&gt;screening instrument to determine eligibility. Young men were counted or approached only&lt;br /&gt;once, regardless of whether they entered a venue multiple times. If a young man was&lt;br /&gt;found to meet the study criteria, he was provided with a detailed description of the study.&lt;br /&gt;The screening instrument was administered in English and Spanish. Informed consent and&lt;br /&gt;contact information was obtained from those who agreed to participate. All interviews were&lt;br /&gt;scheduled within two weeks of the recruitment date.&lt;br /&gt;Survey Instrument&lt;br /&gt;The surveywas administered in both English and Spanish using computer-assisted interview&lt;br /&gt;(CAI) technologies and an on-line testing format (Kissinger et al., 1999; Ross, Tikkanen,&lt;br /&gt;and Mansson, 2000). The CAI software used in this study incorporated sound files, which&lt;br /&gt;allowed the respondent to silently read questions and/or listen to the questions read through&lt;br /&gt;headphones and enter their responses directly into the computer. Administration of the&lt;br /&gt;survey required on average 1 1/2 hours. Analyses were performed to examine the prevalence&lt;br /&gt;of illicit drug use, as well as the relationship between the following demographic&lt;br /&gt;and psychosocial variables (independent variables) and recent club drug use (dependent&lt;br /&gt;variable):&lt;br /&gt;Demographic Variables. Participants were asked to report their age: race/ethnicity; place&lt;br /&gt;of birth; immigration status; current place of residence; employment status; whether they&lt;br /&gt;are attending school; had ever been homeless; had ever “exchanged a sexual act or favor&lt;br /&gt;for something like money, drugs, or a place to stay”; and had ever participated in the street&lt;br /&gt;economy (e.g., selling/running drugs, prostitution, panhandling).&lt;br /&gt;Sexuality. Participants were asked which sexual identity they most identified with (e.g., gay,&lt;br /&gt;queer, bisexual, same gender loving, straight). Sexual attraction was measured by asking&lt;br /&gt;participants “How much are you sexually attracted to males/females”; it was then recoded&lt;br /&gt;to create a new 3-level nominal variable: sexually attracted to males only, to females only,&lt;br /&gt;or to both males and females. Disclosure of sexuality was measured by asking participants&lt;br /&gt;to report how many of their family, best/closest friends, and other friends about their sexual&lt;br /&gt;identity, attractions, or behavior.&lt;br /&gt;Social Support. The Multidimensional Scale of Perceived Social Support (Zimet, Dahlem,&lt;br /&gt;Zimet, and Farley, 1988) is a 12-item scale that was used to measure perceived support from&lt;br /&gt;family and friends. A total score was calculated by summing the items. Participants were&lt;br /&gt;said to have high family/peer support if they had a score less than 7 (lower 25th percentile)&lt;br /&gt;and high friend/peer support if they had a score less than 5 (lower 25th percentile).&lt;br /&gt;Religiosity. Religiosity was measured by asking participants how religious they consider&lt;br /&gt;themselves (Sheeran, Abrams, Abraham, and Spears, 1993). Responses were recoded to&lt;br /&gt;create a dichotomized variable of religiosity: very or somewhat religious vs. not very or not&lt;br /&gt;at all religious.&lt;br /&gt;Sexual Abuse. Participants were asked if they had ever been sexually abused or assaulted,&lt;br /&gt;either as a child or as an adult.&lt;br /&gt;Depression. Depression was measured using the 20-item Center for Epidemiologic Studies&lt;br /&gt;Depression (CES-D) Scale (Radloff, 1977) whereby participants were asked to report&lt;br /&gt;whether they had experienced depressive symptoms within the past week. A total score&lt;br /&gt;was calculated by summing the items, and cut-points were also created based on previous&lt;br /&gt;research conducted with MSM (Ryff and Keyes, 1995; Stall et al., 2001); a score of 6 to 21&lt;br /&gt;was considered distressed, a score greater than 22 was considered depressed.&lt;br /&gt;Stressful Life Events. Stressful life events were measured by asking participants if they had&lt;br /&gt;experienced one or more stressful events during the previous 3 months (Wills, 1986). A&lt;br /&gt;total score was calculated by summing the number of items checked; a score of 9 or more&lt;br /&gt;(top 75th percentile) was considered to be highly stressed.&lt;br /&gt;Bar/Club Attendance. Attendance at a gay bar or club was assessed by asking participants,&lt;br /&gt;“How often in the last three months did you go to a gay bar or club?” (Vanable, McKirnan,&lt;br /&gt;and Stokes, 1998).&lt;br /&gt;Alcohol and Illicit Drug Use. Participants were asked about their lifetime, past 3-month, and&lt;br /&gt;past 30-day use of tobacco, alcohol, and illicit drugs; their involvement in injection drug use;&lt;br /&gt;and the number of days within the past 30 days that they had used each drug. Club drugs were&lt;br /&gt;defined to cocaine, crystal/methamphetamine, ecstasy, poppers, GHB, Ketamine, and other&lt;br /&gt;forms of speed. Also assessed was use of prescription drugs obtained without a physician’s&lt;br /&gt;order, including anti-anxiety (e.g., Valium, Xanax), depressants (e.g., Nembutal, Seconal),&lt;br /&gt;anti-depressant/sedative, opiate/narcotic (e.g., Vicodin, Oxycontin, Codiene), and attention&lt;br /&gt;deficit disorder medications. Other drugs assessed included marijuana, crack, LSD, PCP,&lt;br /&gt;heroin, and mushrooms.&lt;br /&gt;Statistical Analysis&lt;br /&gt;All statistical analyses were conducted using STATA V. 9 (StataCorp, 2005). Cronbach’s&lt;br /&gt;alphas were also computed for each scale, as reported in Table 1. Descriptive statistics,&lt;br /&gt;such as frequencies, percentages, means, medians and ranges, were next used to tabulate&lt;br /&gt;the sample demographics. These statistics, along with a priori knowledge of the literature,&lt;br /&gt;were used to investigate potential cut-points for continuous variables and groupings for&lt;br /&gt;categorical variables to address sample size complications and to create meaningful categories.&lt;br /&gt;Univariate (unadjusted) and multivariate (multiple) logistic regression were used&lt;br /&gt;to examine the relationship between each of the theoretically relevant independent (demographic&lt;br /&gt;and psychosocial variables) and dependent (past 3-month club drug use) variables.&lt;br /&gt;For each independent variable, the odds of club drug use in the past 3 months is reported,&lt;br /&gt;along with 95% confidence intervals (CI), to respectively measure associations between&lt;br /&gt;dependent and independent variables and the precision of these estimates. Unadjusted odds&lt;br /&gt;ratios were calculated to test appropriate categories and cut-points of independent variables&lt;br /&gt;as well as to identify candidate variables for inclusion into the multivariate model. The&lt;br /&gt;adjusted odds ratios estimated through multiple logistic regression controlled for multiple&lt;br /&gt;variables simultaneously to account for potential confounded relationships.&lt;br /&gt;To select the best set of risk variables for the multiple logistic regression model, forward&lt;br /&gt;stepwise regression was used including variables with a p value of 0.15 and 0.20. This criteria&lt;br /&gt;is less stringent than the standard p = 0.05 and thus has more power to detect potential&lt;br /&gt;confounding effects (Kleinbaum, Kupper, and Morgenstern, 1982; Rothman, 1998). After&lt;br /&gt;examining correlations, there appeared to be no evidence of collinearity between variables&lt;br /&gt;entered into the stepwise model. Overall model fit was assessed by the Hosmer-Lemeshow&lt;br /&gt;goodness of fit test. Automated stepwise procedures have been recommended to identity&lt;br /&gt;the most parsimonious set of variables to predict the outcome (e.g., drug use; Kleinbaum,&lt;br /&gt;1994). To test the selected model, a confirmatory analysis was further conducted by examining&lt;br /&gt;changes in the estimates and confidence intervals when manually adding candidate&lt;br /&gt;variables to build a multivariate model (Rothman, 1998). Using both techniques, the same&lt;br /&gt;set of variables was selected for the final multivariate model.&lt;br /&gt;Results&lt;br /&gt;Sample Demographic Characteristics&lt;br /&gt;As summarized in Table 2, a total of 496 YMSM were enrolled in the study during the first&lt;br /&gt;11 months of recruitment, including 175 (35%) Caucasian, 121 (24%) African American,&lt;br /&gt;and 200 (40%) Latino YMSM of Mexican decent. The average age was 20.1 years, with&lt;br /&gt;40% of the sample being 18–19 years of age. Eighty respondents (16%) reported having&lt;br /&gt;been born outside of the United States, while over half (54%) of the respondents reported&lt;br /&gt;living at home with their family at the time of their baseline interview. Twenty-one percent&lt;br /&gt;reported being in school while an additional 27% reported both attending school and being&lt;br /&gt;employed; only 14% reported being neither in school nor employed. Forty-three percent&lt;br /&gt;reported being very or somewhat religious, while 57% reported not being very religious&lt;br /&gt;or not at all religious. Of those who reported being religious, 71% reported that they were&lt;br /&gt;affiliated with the same religion that they had participated in while growing up, with the&lt;br /&gt;vast majority being Catholic (34%) or Protestant (33%).&lt;br /&gt;Given the study enrollment criteria, 83% self-identified as homosexual, gay, or some&lt;br /&gt;other same-sex sexual identity (e.g., “same gender loving”), 16% self-identified as bisexual,&lt;br /&gt;and 1% self-identified as straight or heterosexual. In contrast, 70% of the sample reported&lt;br /&gt;being sexually attracted exclusively to males, 28% reported being sexually attracted to both&lt;br /&gt;males and females, and 1% reported only being sexually attracted to females. Remarkably,&lt;br /&gt;20% reported having a history of sexual abuse/assault, 16% reported having traded a sexual&lt;br /&gt;act or favor for something, and 7% reported a history of homelessness.&lt;br /&gt;Psychosocial Variables&lt;br /&gt;The vast majority of respondents reported that they had disclosed their sexuality/identity to&lt;br /&gt;their family and friends, with only 15% reporting that none of their family members knew&lt;br /&gt;about their sexual orientation. Similarly, nearly all of the respondents reported that most&lt;br /&gt;or all of their best/close friends and other friends knew about their sexuality (91 and 71%,&lt;br /&gt;respectively).&lt;br /&gt;Respondents reported high levels of support from both their family and friends. They&lt;br /&gt;also reported having had on average seven stressful life events during the previous 3 months,&lt;br /&gt;with the most common stressful events being family arguments (58%), financial difficulties&lt;br /&gt;(49%), arguments with a partner (44%), relationship with partner ending (37%), and&lt;br /&gt;problems/difficulties with a close friend (49%). Additionally, 21% reported symptoms of&lt;br /&gt;sufficient severity to suggest depression as assessed by the CES-D, and 18% of respondents&lt;br /&gt;reported symptoms suggesting they were distressed.&lt;br /&gt;Club and Other Illicit Drug Use&lt;br /&gt;Within this sample, 69% of respondents reported having ever used an illicit drug (49% if&lt;br /&gt;marijuana is not included in this analysis). Of those who had ever used an illicit drug, 72%&lt;br /&gt;reported use within the previous 3 months and 62% within the past 30 days. As presented&lt;br /&gt;in Table 3, 90% of the sample reported lifetime use of alcohol, 64% reported lifetime use&lt;br /&gt;of marijuana, 40% reported lifetime use of club drug (23% reported use of cocaine, 20%&lt;br /&gt;reported use of crystal methamphetamine, 21% reported use of ecstasy), and 26% reported&lt;br /&gt;lifetime use of a prescription drug without a physician’s order (14% reported use of an antianxiety,&lt;br /&gt;17% reported use of an opiate/narcotic). In contrast, lifetime use of street drugs,&lt;br /&gt;such as crack (5%), LSD (5%), and heroin (2%) was low. Only 2% reported having ever&lt;br /&gt;injected a drug. The mean age of initiation of alcohol and marijuana was 16.5 and 16.8,&lt;br /&gt;respectively, with the mean age of initiation of any club drug being 17.8 years, the mean&lt;br /&gt;age of initiation of any prescription drug use without a physician’s order being 17.6, and&lt;br /&gt;the mean age of initiation of injection drug use being 17 years.&lt;br /&gt;A comparison of the prevalence of lifetime use reported by HYM Study subjects with&lt;br /&gt;lifetime use reported by a nationally representative sample of high school seniors assessed&lt;br /&gt;as part of the Monitoring the Future (MTF) study (Johnston, O’Malley, Bachman, and&lt;br /&gt;Schulenberg, 2006) and a nationally representative sample of YMSM, ages 15 to 22 years,&lt;br /&gt;assessed as part of the Young Men’s Survey (Valleroy et al., 2000), is provided in Table 4.&lt;br /&gt;These comparisons provide further evidence that our study sample, like similar YMSM&lt;br /&gt;interviewed 10 years ago, reported considerably higher rates of illicit drug use than the&lt;br /&gt;general population of adolescents. As presented in this table, nearly half of the HYM&lt;br /&gt;subjects (49%) reported lifetime use of an illicit drug other than marijuana as compared to&lt;br /&gt;a little over a quarter (27%) of high school seniors. Moreover, the prevalence of lifetime&lt;br /&gt;club drug use among HYM subjects was considerably higher than use reported among high&lt;br /&gt;school seniors, and yet comparable to lifetime use reported by YMSM from the YMS study.&lt;br /&gt;The prevalence of recent drug use was also high, with 56% of those who had ever used&lt;br /&gt;a club drug reporting club drug use within the past 3 months, most of those who reported&lt;br /&gt;club drug use within the past three months, most (46%) reported use of cocaine, followed by&lt;br /&gt;crystal, ecstasy, and poppers/nitrates (39, 33 and 26%, respectively). While a high percentage&lt;br /&gt;of the sample reported lifetime and recent use of illicit drugs, respondents reported infrequent&lt;br /&gt;use during the previous 30 days; the median number of days that respondents reported drug&lt;br /&gt;use ranged from 1 day during the past month for some prescription drugs to 3.5 days during&lt;br /&gt;the past month that marijuana was used.&lt;br /&gt;Univariate Analyses&lt;br /&gt;Simple odds ratios demonstrating crude relationships between the independent variables&lt;br /&gt;and recent club drug use (i.e., past 3 months) are presented in Table 5. These odds ratios&lt;br /&gt;revealed that respondents at greatest risk for recent club drug use included those who: were&lt;br /&gt;older (OR = 1.86, 95% CI = 1.10, 3.15); had a history of homelessness (OR = 3.2, 95%&lt;br /&gt;CI = 1.59, 6.46); had ever engaged in sex exchange (OR = 4.97, 95% CI = 3.0, 8.23) or&lt;br /&gt;had ever participated in the street economy (OR = 5.08, 95% CI = 3.19, 8.10); were not&lt;br /&gt;in school nor employed (OR = 2.37, 95% CI = 1.12, 4.99); and who frequented a gay&lt;br /&gt;bar/club several times a week (OR = 1.84, 95% CI = 1.09, 3.08). Moreover, respondents&lt;br /&gt;who lived in their own apartment (OR = 1.68, CI = 1.07, 2.65) or with a friend/partner (OR&lt;br /&gt;= 2.48, CI = 1.27, 4.82) were significantly more likely to report recent club drug use than&lt;br /&gt;respondents living at home with their family. In contrast to the literature, respondents who&lt;br /&gt;had disclosed their sexuality to all or most of their family members were also at greater risk&lt;br /&gt;for recent club drug use (OR = 2.30, 95% CI = 1.14, 4.63). Respondents at significantly&lt;br /&gt;less risk for recent club drug use were those who were African American (OR = 0.53, 95%&lt;br /&gt;CI = 0.30, 0.93) or Latino (although not significant, there was a suggested association with&lt;br /&gt;an OR = 0.64, 95% CI = 0.40, 1.04); and who reported being very or somewhat religious&lt;br /&gt;(OR = 0.60, 95% CI = 0.39, 0.94). There was a suggested association between recent&lt;br /&gt;club drug use and the number of stressful life events, with respondents who reported 9 or&lt;br /&gt;more stressful events being more likely to report recent club drug use than respondents&lt;br /&gt;who reported 8 or less stressful events (OR = 1.74, 95% CI = 1.12, 2.69). Other variables&lt;br /&gt;not found to be significantly associated with recent club drug use were immigration status,&lt;br /&gt;sexual attraction, family support, peer support, disclosure of sexuality to peers, and history&lt;br /&gt;of sexual abuse/assault.&lt;br /&gt;Multivariate Analyses&lt;br /&gt;The final fitted model using forward stepwise procedures and adjusted for multiple independent&lt;br /&gt;variables is presented in Table 5. This multivariate model mutually adjusted for history&lt;br /&gt;of sex exchange and participation in the street economy, current place of residence, religiosity,&lt;br /&gt;number of family members aware of their sexual identity/orientation, and attendance at&lt;br /&gt;gay bars/clubs. Many of the same relationships identified by the univariate analyses were&lt;br /&gt;further supported in our multivariate approach; slight adjustments were made, however, to&lt;br /&gt;estimates and confidence intervals to account for confounding effects. These analyses revealed&lt;br /&gt;that respondents who had ever engaged in sex exchange were nearly four times more&lt;br /&gt;likely to have recently used a club drug as compared to respondents who never participated&lt;br /&gt;in sex exchange (OR = 3.95, CI = 2.23, 6.97). Similarly, those who reported having ever&lt;br /&gt;participated in street economy were also nearly four times as likely to have recently used a&lt;br /&gt;club drug as compared with respondents who had never participated in the street economy&lt;br /&gt;(OR=3.71, CI=2.19, 6.28). Respondents who lived in their own apartment were also more&lt;br /&gt;likely to report recent club drug use as compared with those living at home (OR = 1.78,&lt;br /&gt;CI = 1.07, 2.96), as were respondents who frequent gay clubs and bars at least once a week&lt;br /&gt;(OR = 1.97, CI = 1.10, 3.54), and respondents who reported that most or all of their family&lt;br /&gt;members knew about their sexual identity/orientation (OR=1.99, CI=0.93, 4.25). In contrast&lt;br /&gt;to the univariate regression results, the number of stressful life events was not found to&lt;br /&gt;be an important risk factor after adjusting for multiple variables. There was no evidence of&lt;br /&gt;lack of fit for this multivariate model (Hosmer-Lemeshow GOF chi2 = 14.50, p = 0.069).&lt;br /&gt;Discussion&lt;br /&gt;In this study,we found thatYMSMrecruited from gay-identified venues are a heterogeneous&lt;br /&gt;population, with nearly all youth reporting use of alcohol and a sizable percentage reporting&lt;br /&gt;lifetime and recent use of illicit drugs, particularly club drugs. While these findings provide&lt;br /&gt;further evidence that YMSM are at high risk for illicit drug use, there are a number of&lt;br /&gt;limitations of this study to be acknowledged. The findings rely on self-reported behaviors,&lt;br /&gt;which cannot be independently verified. Self-report data regarding respondents’ use of&lt;br /&gt;alcohol and drugs may have underestimated the true prevalence given that many of these&lt;br /&gt;behaviors are illegal and socially undesirable, although we expect that the use of CAI&lt;br /&gt;may have minimized the underreporting in these behaviors. The data are cross-sectional&lt;br /&gt;and therefore do not contain information about the temporal relationship between some&lt;br /&gt;of the demographic, psychosocial, and drug use variables explored in this study. Thus,&lt;br /&gt;no statements can be made about the causal relationship between these variables. Finally,&lt;br /&gt;although this sample is likely to be representative of YMSM who can be recruited through&lt;br /&gt;gay-identified venues, this sample is not representative of the larger YMSM population.&lt;br /&gt;Indeed, alcohol and drug use behaviors may be elevated within this segment of the YMSM&lt;br /&gt;population given that they were primarily recruited from gay bars and clubs where they&lt;br /&gt;might have increased access to illicit drugs.&lt;br /&gt;Despite these limitations, this study provides clear evidence that the prevalence of&lt;br /&gt;drug use (lifetime and recent) is high among YMSM who are recruited from gay-identified&lt;br /&gt;venues, and that particular segments within this population are at especially high risk for&lt;br /&gt;use of club drugs. Although we cannot make a causal link with the data reported here,&lt;br /&gt;findings potentially suggest that attendance at gay clubs/bars and assimilation into the&lt;br /&gt;gay community may be what first introduces YMSM to club drugs. The findings from&lt;br /&gt;this research also suggest that a number of demographic and psychosocial variables may&lt;br /&gt;put some YMSM at increased risk for club drug use. In this sample, young men were at&lt;br /&gt;increased risk if they were older, Caucasian, frequented a gay bar/club more than once&lt;br /&gt;a week, had previously been homeless, ever exchanged sex for something, and/or if they&lt;br /&gt;were involved in the street economy. Young men were less likely to report recent club drug&lt;br /&gt;use if they lived at home with their family and/or considered themselves to be somewhat&lt;br /&gt;or very religious. Multivariate analyses that controlled for intercorrelation among these&lt;br /&gt;variables further revealed that YMSM who frequently attend gay bars/clubs have a history&lt;br /&gt;of homelessness, have ever exchanged sex, and who live in their own apartment or are&lt;br /&gt;precariously housed are significantly more likely to report recent use of club drugs. In&lt;br /&gt;contrast, YMSM who live with their family, considered themselves to be religious, and who&lt;br /&gt;had disclosed their sexual identity/orientation to fewer family members were less likely to&lt;br /&gt;report recent club drug use.&lt;br /&gt;The findings from this research are significant for a number of reasons. First, they&lt;br /&gt;provide very clear evidence that YMSM warrant special attention, separate from their&lt;br /&gt;heterosexual peers and from older MSM. As reported in this article, our study sample of&lt;br /&gt;YMSM was considerably more likely to report lifetime use of tobacco, alcohol, any illicit&lt;br /&gt;drug, any illicit drug other than marijuana, cocaine, methamphetamine, and numerous other&lt;br /&gt;drugs, as compared to a nationally representative sample of high school seniors. There&lt;br /&gt;are numerous reasons why YMSM may be at greater risk than heterosexually identified&lt;br /&gt;youth. MostYMSMwill experience some form of rejection, isolation, and/or discrimination&lt;br /&gt;because of their same-sex sexual attractions/relationships. In their effort to define themselves&lt;br /&gt;with respect to their sexuality, YMSM will often spend increasing amounts of time in gayidentified&lt;br /&gt;venues such as bars, clubs, and other social settings, as they try to learn more about&lt;br /&gt;the gay culture and what it means to be gay. This may bring increased risk and exposure to&lt;br /&gt;illicit drugs. In addition, as YMSM sort through and reconcile their different selves—i.e.,&lt;br /&gt;their role and place within their family, at school or in the workplace, with their friends, and&lt;br /&gt;with respect to race, ethnicity, and culture—many will experience a range of conflicting&lt;br /&gt;emotions, from excitement and enthusiasm to apprehension and fear. Drugs may be one&lt;br /&gt;way to manage this fear and anxiety.&lt;br /&gt;In our sample we found that a sizable percentage of respondents did perceive their&lt;br /&gt;friends and parents to be supportive. As a result, family and peer support were not found&lt;br /&gt;to be associated with recent club drug use. However, a sizable percentage of the sample&lt;br /&gt;did report being depressed or distressed, experiencing a sizable number of recent stressful&lt;br /&gt;life events, and having ever been homeless. In this case, all of these psychosocial&lt;br /&gt;stressors—i.e., feeling distressed, increased number of stressful life events, and a history of&lt;br /&gt;homelessness—were found to be significantly associated with recent club drug use. Being&lt;br /&gt;“out” to most or all family and friends, frequent attendance at a gay bar/club, involvement&lt;br /&gt;in sex exchange, and participation in the street economy were also found to be associated&lt;br /&gt;with recent club drug use. Because late adolescence and early adulthood is a period of time&lt;br /&gt;when behavioral patterns—both positive and negative—are established and reinforced, it is&lt;br /&gt;particularly important that early interventions be targeted to build on protective influences,&lt;br /&gt;bolster resiliency, and reduce YMSM’s risk for poor health outcomes.&lt;br /&gt;The findings from this research help to fill some of the gaps in the literature that exist&lt;br /&gt;regarding YMSM and their risk for drug use, but clearly more research is needed to further&lt;br /&gt;characterize risk and protective factors∗ associated with drug use and associated health&lt;br /&gt;problems, including HIV transmission. To be sure, more research is needed to further explore&lt;br /&gt;the complex lives of these young people, and the range of individual, familial, social&lt;br /&gt;and community influences that ultimately impact the health, well-being, and development&lt;br /&gt;of YMSM. More research is also needed to clarify the different types of interventions that&lt;br /&gt;might need to be developed to meet the specific needs of YMSM who are at high risk for&lt;br /&gt;drug use and abuse—e.g., primary and secondary prevention interventions, linkage to treatment&lt;br /&gt;services—as well as intervention intended to prevent negative health outcomes—e.g.,&lt;br /&gt;HIV prevention interventions, linkage to HIV testing and treatment services, etc. Finally,&lt;br /&gt;future research is needed to more fully characterize behavioral differences between different&lt;br /&gt;segments of the YMSM population, particularly with respect to behavioral risk and health&lt;br /&gt;profiles. Attempts to replicate these findings in other urban settingswould also be of interest.&lt;br /&gt;Acknowledgements&lt;br /&gt;This study was funded by the National Institute on Drug Abuse of the National Institutes&lt;br /&gt;of Health (R01 DA015638–03). The authors wish to acknowledge the contributions of the&lt;br /&gt;many staff members who contributed to this project: Cesar Arauz-Cuadra, Marianne Burns,&lt;br /&gt;Julie Carpineto, Bryce McDavitt, Miles McNeeley, and Conor Schaye.&lt;br /&gt;Notes&lt;br /&gt;1. The term ofYMSMis used in this article although it is important to note that the YMSM,&lt;br /&gt;as well as the adult MSM populations, are heterogeneous and not homogenous groups.&lt;br /&gt;2. Recruitment extended throughout the course of the year in large part to account and&lt;br /&gt;control for any potential seasonal variations that might have created sampling biases.</description><link>http://order-ultram-online.blogspot.com/2008/02/club-drug-use-in-los-angeles-among.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Landrogek)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5477654376337753520.post-4683348280408512828</guid><pubDate>Sat, 23 Feb 2008 19:09:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2008-02-23T11:20:21.103-08:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Drug use</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Health behavior theory</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">HIV prevention</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">medicine</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">online pharmacy</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">pills</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Research</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Risk</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Sex</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Social networks</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">ultram</category><title>Sex, Drugs, Intervention, and Research: From the Individual  to the Social</title><description>Epidemiological estimates of the sexual risk behavior of drug users&lt;br /&gt;have provided essential indicators to the current and future prevalence&lt;br /&gt;of HIV transmission. An overview of recent research shows the majority&lt;br /&gt;of drug injectors to be sexually active, low levels of reported&lt;br /&gt;condom use, a significant minority of female injectors to be involved&lt;br /&gt;in prostitution, relatively high levels of sexual mixing between drug&lt;br /&gt;injectors and noninjectors, and only scant indications of sexual behavior&lt;br /&gt;change. Epidemiological studies of risk, however, are unable to&lt;br /&gt;yield the data required to understand the interaction between individual&lt;br /&gt;risk behavior and social relationships. This is required if obstacles to&lt;br /&gt;safer sex compliance and sexual behavior change are to be overcome,&lt;br /&gt;and demands recognition of the influence and importance of social&lt;br /&gt;context on the production of sexual risk behavior in future research&lt;br /&gt;and intervention designs. In response, the paper explores the future&lt;br /&gt;role of qualitative research in understanding the social relations of&lt;br /&gt;“risk” and in contributing toward theoretical advancements in explanations&lt;br /&gt;of risk perception and risk behavior. The paper concludes by&lt;br /&gt;discussing the implications of this analysis for developing interventions&lt;br /&gt;The advent of HIV infection and AIDS has encouraged public debate about&lt;br /&gt;the most intimate of private behaviors. This debate has largely focused on the&lt;br /&gt;sexual behavior and safer sex compliance of gay and bisexual men, women and&lt;br /&gt;men involved in prostitution, and young people. In contrast, the primary focus&lt;br /&gt;of research, intervention, and education targeting drug users has been injecting&lt;br /&gt;behavior and-more specifically-the sharing of injecting equipment.&lt;br /&gt;As mounting evidence indicates that drug injectors are changing their druginjecting&lt;br /&gt;behavior in response to HIV and AIDS (Stimson, 1991), recent epidemiological&lt;br /&gt;research has highlighted the importance of HIV-risk posed to&lt;br /&gt;injecting drug users and their sexual partners through the sexual transmission&lt;br /&gt;of HIV (Des Jarlais, 1992). In the United States, it is estimated that injecting&lt;br /&gt;drug users are the source of HIV in at least three-quarters of heterosexually&lt;br /&gt;transmitted cases of AIDS (Moss, 1987; Des Jarlais and Friedmaq1987). In&lt;br /&gt;the United Kingdom, a drug-injecting partner is reported for over 60% of first&lt;br /&gt;generation cases of heterosexual transmission (Evans et al., 1992). Concerns&lt;br /&gt;predicting the “real heterosexual epidemic” to emanate from drug injectors&lt;br /&gt;(Moss, 1987) have encouraged a “sexual re-awakening’’ for practitioners and&lt;br /&gt;researchers working within the drug field. The recent British Governmenl&lt;br /&gt;document and national health strategy Health of the Nation has fueled these&lt;br /&gt;concerns by reaffirming the increasing significance of sexual transmission in&lt;br /&gt;the future spread of HIV:&lt;br /&gt;HIV is primarily sexually transmitted and prevention of infection depends&lt;br /&gt;largely UPOR changes in sexual behaviour. (Department of&lt;br /&gt;Health, 1992, p. 92)&lt;br /&gt;This paper provides a brief overview of key research findings on the sexual&lt;br /&gt;risk behavior of injecting drug users (IDUs) with the aim of discussing in&lt;br /&gt;greater depth the role of future research and intervention in understanding and&lt;br /&gt;responding to sexual risk behavior and sexual behavior change among drug&lt;br /&gt;users and their sexual partners. It is argued first that there is a need for qualiiative&lt;br /&gt;research to build upon current epidemiological understandings of sexual&lt;br /&gt;risk so as to encompass understandings of the social relations and social context&lt;br /&gt;of sexual behavior, and second that there is a concomitant need for interventions&lt;br /&gt;to target social relationships (rather than simply individuals) so as to&lt;br /&gt;overcome current obstacles to modifications in individual risk behavior and to&lt;br /&gt;encourage wider social and community change.&lt;br /&gt;DRUG TAKING AND SEXUAL RISK&lt;br /&gt;Sexual Activity&lt;br /&gt;Most studies of injecting drug use show the majority of IDUs to be sexually&lt;br /&gt;active. One recent London study, for example, found 80% of drug injectors&lt;br /&gt;to have had vaginal or anal sexual intercourse in the 6 months prior to interview,&lt;br /&gt;and noted that two-thirds of IDUs had vaginal intercourse at least once&lt;br /&gt;a week (Rhodes et al., 1994a). Despite the varying selection criteria and time&lt;br /&gt;frames of measurement employed, other studies show similar proportions of&lt;br /&gt;IDUs to be sexually active: 77% (Van den Hoek et al., 1990), 77% (Donoghoe&lt;br /&gt;et al., 1989), 82% (Klee et al., 1990a), 86% (Coleman and Curtis, 1988).&lt;br /&gt;Findings suggest that levels of reported penetrative sexual activity among&lt;br /&gt;IDUs are comparable to those reported in the British adult population. One&lt;br /&gt;recent study of heroin and cocaine users (IDU and non-IDU) found higher&lt;br /&gt;levels of sexual activity than those in the adult population. In addition, the&lt;br /&gt;average number of reported (noncommercial) sexual partners of IDUs in a 6-&lt;br /&gt;month period (2.4 partners in London and 2.1 in Glasgow) have been found&lt;br /&gt;to be slightly greater than comparative estimates in the British adult population&lt;br /&gt;(Rhodes et al., 1993a).&lt;br /&gt;Sexual behavior research among drug users prior to HIV infection and&lt;br /&gt;AIDS focused primarily on the perceived pharmacological effects of drug use&lt;br /&gt;on sexual activity. These studies suggested a reduction in sexual activity and&lt;br /&gt;sexual interest to be associated with frequent opiate use (Mirin et al., 1980)&lt;br /&gt;and an enhancement of sexual activity and interest to be associated with the use&lt;br /&gt;of stimulants, such as amphetamines and cocaine (MacDonald et al., 1988).&lt;br /&gt;Recent behavioral research undertaken in the context of HIV transmission has&lt;br /&gt;supported an association between stimulant use and increased sexual activity&lt;br /&gt;(Kall and O h , 1991; Fullilove et al., 1990; Chaisson et al., 1989). These&lt;br /&gt;trends, however, are by no means consistent, and there remains considerable&lt;br /&gt;uncertainty about their causal determinants (MacDonald et al., 1988; Washton,&lt;br /&gt;1989; Marx et al., 1991).&lt;br /&gt;Safer Sex Compliance&lt;br /&gt;Most studies of injecting drug use show reported levels of condom use to&lt;br /&gt;be comparable with those in the heterosexual population as a whole. They also&lt;br /&gt;indicate greater likelihood and greater frequency of condom use with casual&lt;br /&gt;partners than with primary partners. Recent findings in London, for example,&lt;br /&gt;show that in a 6-month period two-thirds (68%) of drug injectors never used&lt;br /&gt;condoms with primary partners and over a third (34%) never used condoms&lt;br /&gt;with casual partners (Rhodes et al., 1994a). Other reports indicate that 79%&lt;br /&gt;of injectors in Glasgow (Rhodes et al., 1993a) and 75% of injectors in the&lt;br /&gt;West Midlands (Klee et al., 1990a) never use condoms. Safer sex compliance&lt;br /&gt;with primary partners has been shown to be statistically associated with an&lt;br /&gt;awareness of HIV positive antibody status (Van den Hoek et al., 1992). although&lt;br /&gt;studies also indicate relatively high levels of continued sexual risk&lt;br /&gt;behavior among HIV-positive IDUs (Rhodes et al., 1993b). Surveys of anonymously&lt;br /&gt;tested saliva samples in London also show that the majority of HIVpositive&lt;br /&gt;IDUs are unaware of their positive status (Donoghoe et al., 1993;&lt;br /&gt;Rhodes et a]., 1993b).&lt;br /&gt;A combination of commonsense assumption and research evidence suggests&lt;br /&gt;that drug use has a disinhibitory effect on decision-making about sexual safety&lt;br /&gt;and on safer sex compliance (see Rhodes and Stimson, 1994). While there&lt;br /&gt;remains little comparative or conclusive research in this area, recent research&lt;br /&gt;has associated higher levels of sexual risk behavior with increased severity of&lt;br /&gt;drug dependence (Gossop et al., 1993), frequent amphetamine use, temazepam&lt;br /&gt;and polydrug use (Klee et al., 1990b), and cocaine or crack use (Chaisson et&lt;br /&gt;al., 1991).&lt;br /&gt;Most United Kingdom studies conclude that condom use remains at insufficient&lt;br /&gt;levels to prevent the potential for further sexual transmission of HIV&lt;br /&gt;between drug injectors and their sexual partners, particularly given average&lt;br /&gt;rates of partner change and the significant minority of injectors who also continue&lt;br /&gt;to share used equipment with people other than their sexual partners&lt;br /&gt;(Rhodes et al., 1993a).&lt;br /&gt;Prostitution&lt;br /&gt;There is an established overlap between an involvement in injecting drug&lt;br /&gt;use and an involvement in female prostitution, Estimates in London show 14%&lt;br /&gt;of women prostitutes attending sexually transmitted disease (STD) clinics (Day&lt;br /&gt;et al., 1988) and 33% contacted through street outreach (Rhodes et al., 1991)&lt;br /&gt;to inject drugs. Estimates elsewhere range from 25% (Kinnell, 1989) to 59%&lt;br /&gt;(McKeganey and Barnard, 1992). Studies of injecting drug use also indicate&lt;br /&gt;a high proportion of female injectors to be involved in prostitution: recent&lt;br /&gt;estimates suggest 14% in London and 22% in Glasgow (Rhodes et al., 1993a:i.&lt;br /&gt;There is little evidence of injecting drug use among male prostitutes (Bloor et&lt;br /&gt;al., 1992).&lt;br /&gt;As is the case with female sex workers (Day et al., 1988), female IDUs&lt;br /&gt;involved in sex work report higher levels of condom use with paying partners&lt;br /&gt;than with nonpaying partners. In Glasgow, female IDUs involved in prostitution&lt;br /&gt;report almost 100% condom use with paying partners compared with 9%&lt;br /&gt;“always” condom use with nonpaying primary partners and 22 % “always”&lt;br /&gt;with nonpaying casual partners. In London, female IDUs involved in prostitution&lt;br /&gt;report 70% “always” condom use with paying partners (Rhodes et al.,&lt;br /&gt;1994b).&lt;br /&gt;Estimates of HIV prevalence among women prostitutes have found higher&lt;br /&gt;rates of prevalence among prostitutes with a history of injecting drug use, and&lt;br /&gt;in European and North American countries evidence associates HIV transmission&lt;br /&gt;among prostitutes with an involvement in injecting drug use rather than&lt;br /&gt;with an involvement with prostitution per se (Padian, 1988; Van den Hoek et&lt;br /&gt;al., 1988; McKeganey et al., 1992). In the absence of controlled studies designed&lt;br /&gt;to assess the relative risks of sharing used injecting equipment and&lt;br /&gt;sexual transmission of HIV, it is difficult to determine the epidemiology of&lt;br /&gt;epidemic spread among drug-using and nondrug-using prostitutes. A recent&lt;br /&gt;prevalence survey in London found HIV infection to be no higher among female&lt;br /&gt;IDUs involved in prostitution than among IDUs not involved in prostitution&lt;br /&gt;(13% compared with 14%) (Rhodes et al., 199413). This adds further&lt;br /&gt;support to emerging evidence which suggests that prostitution per se is not&lt;br /&gt;independently associated with HIV prevalence or HIV risk behavior.&lt;br /&gt;Sexual Partners&lt;br /&gt;Studies show a relatively high degree of sexual mixing between injecting&lt;br /&gt;and noninjecting drug users: approximately half of the sexual partners of injectors&lt;br /&gt;are estimated to be noninjectors while approximately half of injectors&lt;br /&gt;report noninjecting sexual partners (Rhodes et a]., 1993a). The vast majority&lt;br /&gt;of these partners are women. This is in part an artifact of injecting drug use&lt;br /&gt;being a predominantly male activity and in part because male injectors show&lt;br /&gt;specific preferences for noninjecting female partners (McKeganey and Barnard,&lt;br /&gt;1992). Such preferences may also be more likely with primary (i.e., more&lt;br /&gt;important longer term) partners than with casual partners (Rhodes et al.,&lt;br /&gt;1994a). This poses increased sexual risks to the noninjecting sexual partners&lt;br /&gt;of injectors, and in particular to female primary partners, for whom contact&lt;br /&gt;with an injecting drug user may be their only significant risk factor. It is within&lt;br /&gt;primary relationships that condom use is most infrequent, while a significant&lt;br /&gt;minority (between 16% and 19%, Rhodes et al., 1993a) of injectors report both&lt;br /&gt;primary and casual partners in a 6-month period.&lt;br /&gt;There are few studies which have explicitly involved the sexual partners&lt;br /&gt;of drug users in research. North American qualitative research indicates the&lt;br /&gt;difficulties female sexual partners of injectors have in initiating and negotiating&lt;br /&gt;strategies of protection not only for themselves but also for their partners&lt;br /&gt;both with regard to safer sex and needle safety (Wermuth et al., 1992; Kane,&lt;br /&gt;1991).&lt;br /&gt;There are few longitudinal or cohort studies of sexual behavior change&lt;br /&gt;among drug injectors, and in comparison to studies of injecting and sharing&lt;br /&gt;practices, only scant indications of change. Although some studies point tci&lt;br /&gt;reductions in the number of sexual partners and sexual encounters and increased&lt;br /&gt;levels of reported condom use (Skidmore et al., 1989), these have been&lt;br /&gt;limited changes, and some studies report either no change or increased levels,&lt;br /&gt;of sexual risk behavior over time (Des Jarlais et al., 1992; Calsyn et al.,&lt;br /&gt;1992). The lack of notable sexual behavior changes relative to changes in drugtaking&lt;br /&gt;behavior among drug users probably relates to a combination of factors.&lt;br /&gt;These include injectors’ own assessments of sexual risk as relative to drugrelated&lt;br /&gt;risks (Jain et al., 1991), the problems experienced in translating knowledge&lt;br /&gt;about sexual risk into action, the primary focus of research, intervention&lt;br /&gt;and education agencies on modifications in injecting behavior, and the associated&lt;br /&gt;notions of identity and responsibility which this has created and reinforced&lt;br /&gt;within drug-injecting communities about sharing and drug-using practices&lt;br /&gt;(Rhodes and Quirk, 1996).&lt;br /&gt;RESEARCH: EXPLAINING THE INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIAL&lt;br /&gt;DYNAMICS OF “RISK’&lt;br /&gt;Current Epidemiological Explanation: Some Possible&lt;br /&gt;Improvements&lt;br /&gt;Conventional epidemiology is concerned with the study of the distribution&lt;br /&gt;and determinants of disease (Barker and Rose, 1984). In the case of the public&lt;br /&gt;health response to the HIV epidemic, epidemiological research has provided&lt;br /&gt;essential indicators of the distribution and determinants of HIV disease among&lt;br /&gt;injecting drug users. This has provided baseline quantitative indicators on levels&lt;br /&gt;of sexual activity and sexual risk behavior among drug users and their sexual&lt;br /&gt;partners and has laid the foundation for the development of a range of HIV&lt;br /&gt;prevention and safer sex health promotion initiatives targeting changes in individual&lt;br /&gt;sexual lifestyles.&lt;br /&gt;As HIV transmission routes among injecting drug users shift from parenteral&lt;br /&gt;to sexual routes as safer injection becomes more commonly adopted&lt;br /&gt;(Schoenbaum et al., 1989), it is important that future epidemiological studies&lt;br /&gt;of sexual risk behavior both clarify and improve indicators of the distribution&lt;br /&gt;and determinants of sexual activity and sexual risk behavior. Current epidemiological&lt;br /&gt;explanations of sexual risk among drug injectors can be improved&lt;br /&gt;in four main ways.&lt;br /&gt;First, there remains a need for greater comparability between studies in&lt;br /&gt;measures of sexual risk behavior. At minimum, indicators need to include&lt;br /&gt;measures of the frequency, type, and number of sexual partners; frequency and&lt;br /&gt;type of penetrative and nonpenetrative sexual encounters; and frequency of&lt;br /&gt;condom use and safer sex. Most previous studies have employed partial indicators&lt;br /&gt;of sexual risk, usually as a component of investigations primarily concerned&lt;br /&gt;with drug-taking practices. Reliable epidemiological indicators of HIV&lt;br /&gt;risk need to measure the interaction between the frequency and type of drugrelated&lt;br /&gt;and sex-related risk behavior. It is fundamental also that studies remain&lt;br /&gt;comparable in the time-frames of measurement (i.e., period of recall) and&lt;br /&gt;categories of measurement (i .e., continuous or dichotomous) employed&lt;br /&gt;(Samuels et al., 1992), as well as in the definition of key “risk” variables (e.g.,&lt;br /&gt;“prostitution,” “safer sex”).&lt;br /&gt;One possible methodological development in the measurement of drugtaking&lt;br /&gt;and sexual risk behavior is the use of retrospective and prospective selfcompletion&lt;br /&gt;diaries. Sexual diaries have provided an effective and reliable means&lt;br /&gt;of data collection among gay and bisexual men, minimizing problems of recall&lt;br /&gt;and providing a detailed and time-coded description of sexual encounters&lt;br /&gt;(Coxon, 1988). The feasibility and reliability of using diaries as a method of&lt;br /&gt;data collection among drug users is largely unknown. The use of diary methods&lt;br /&gt;may provide more accurate assessments of the interaction between drug&lt;br /&gt;taking and sexual risk, allowing examination of the causal dynamics of the&lt;br /&gt;relationship between drug use and sexual activity by gathering time-coded&lt;br /&gt;behavioral data within specific drug use and sexual encounters. Such analyses&lt;br /&gt;may also provide opportunities for delineating the dynamics of the pharmacological&lt;br /&gt;relationship between drug use and sexual risk and the influence of interpersonal,&lt;br /&gt;situational, and social context on the perceived and experienced&lt;br /&gt;effects of drug use on sexual behavior.&lt;br /&gt;Second, improvements can be made to sampling designs. The majority of&lt;br /&gt;studies of HIV prevalence and HIV risk behavior among drug users draw on&lt;br /&gt;highly selective samples drawn primarily from drug user treatment and agencybased&lt;br /&gt;populations (Samuels et al., 1992). The majority of drug users, however,&lt;br /&gt;remain out of contact with treatment and helping services (Frischer, 1992), and&lt;br /&gt;a number of studies have indicated higher levels of HIV prevalence and higher&lt;br /&gt;levels of drug-related HIV risk behavior among nontreatment populations&lt;br /&gt;(Lampinen et al., 1991; Donoghoe et al., 1993). Less is known about the&lt;br /&gt;degree to which “hidden” populations of drug users also engage in sexual&lt;br /&gt;transmission behaviors, and the influence (if any) of drug treatment on health&lt;br /&gt;behavior changes not directly related to drug use such as sexual health is unclear.&lt;br /&gt;The desire to change HIV transmission behavior, however, may be an&lt;br /&gt;equally important determinant of changes in drug taking and sexual behavior&lt;br /&gt;than the influence of drug treatment and helping services per se, while those&lt;br /&gt;engaging in higher levels of risk related to drug use may also have a propensity&lt;br /&gt;for higher levels of risk behavior as a whole. Future epidemiological research&lt;br /&gt;needs to simultaneously recruit samples from a variety of drug user&lt;br /&gt;treatment and nontreatment settings, with the aim of investigating the possibility&lt;br /&gt;of bias in indicators of risk which rely primarily on clinic and agency-based&lt;br /&gt;samples (Alcabes et al., 1992).&lt;br /&gt;Third, improvements can be made to study design. The majority of studies&lt;br /&gt;employ cross-sectional study designs with retrospective measures of risk, and&lt;br /&gt;there are few longitudinal or cohort studies of sexual risk behavior and sexual&lt;br /&gt;behavior change among drug users. While there are practical and methodological&lt;br /&gt;difficulties inherent in cohort study designs among drug users (Vlahov and&lt;br /&gt;Polk, 1988; Samuels et al., 1992), if future studies are to yield data on the&lt;br /&gt;problems and possibilities of sexual behavior change, ideally these should simultaneously&lt;br /&gt;include longitudinal as well as cross-sectional designs.&lt;br /&gt;Fourth, improvement can be made to current epidemiological measurements&lt;br /&gt;of “risk behavior.” Current studies invariably take the individual as the&lt;br /&gt;unit of analysis. Because HIV infection is a behavioral disease, its progression&lt;br /&gt;is not random or uniform but subject to much variation and change. Reliable&lt;br /&gt;epidemiological indicators of the distribution of HIV risk and HIV spread require&lt;br /&gt;a measure not just of the frequency and type of risk behavior in individuals&lt;br /&gt;but also a measure of the interaction and epidemiological efficiency of&lt;br /&gt;mixing patterns between individuals (Vlahov et al., 1990; Samuels et al.,&lt;br /&gt;1992).&lt;br /&gt;In addition to the individual, it is equally important that future epidemiological&lt;br /&gt;study takes as its unit of analysis “social units” of drug injectors, defined&lt;br /&gt;in terms of the social and epidemiological ties and connections between&lt;br /&gt;individuals which are relevant for investigating HIV transmission. These social&lt;br /&gt;units range from particular relationships between individuals as in the case&lt;br /&gt;of friendship or sexual dyads to wider social relationships of individuals as with&lt;br /&gt;drug dealing and friendship networks. Since it is the interaction between individuals&lt;br /&gt;which determines HIV transmission, shifting the unit of analysis toward&lt;br /&gt;“social units” to determine the epidemiological efficiency of these inter -&lt;br /&gt;actions enables greater reliability in assessments of risk and in estimates of&lt;br /&gt;cpidemic spread.&lt;br /&gt;One priority for future research in this area includes an assessment of the&lt;br /&gt;assortative and disassortative* sexual mixing patterns among drug injectors and&lt;br /&gt;the sexual partners of drug injectors. While current research has highlighted&lt;br /&gt;an increased risk of HIV infection to the noninjecting sexual partners of injec-&lt;br /&gt;tors, there are difficulties in estimating the associated risks of sexual transmission&lt;br /&gt;to noninjecting heterosexual populations without concomitant knowledge&lt;br /&gt;of the sexual mixing patterns of both injectors and their sexual partners.&lt;br /&gt;Theorizing Risk: The Limits of Individualism&lt;br /&gt;Conventional epidemiology remains locked into a conception of risk which&lt;br /&gt;is restricted to the individual (Tannahill, 1992). As noted above, most epidemiological&lt;br /&gt;study takes the individual as its unit of analysis and most explanation&lt;br /&gt;and prediction is based entirely on measures of individual risk behavior&lt;br /&gt;(see Table 1). Such explanations are limited because they remain blind to a&lt;br /&gt;variety of other social and cultural processes which influence the ways in which&lt;br /&gt;individuals behave, and thus also the ways in which epidemics spread. As&lt;br /&gt;recently suggested, the social impact and significance of HIV-risk can only be&lt;br /&gt;understood and explained by “filling-in and questioning the empty categories&lt;br /&gt;of epidemiological prediction” (Kane, 1991, p. 1037).&lt;br /&gt;It is in this context that it is important to note that epidemiology and epidemiological&lt;br /&gt;approaches have largely framed the focus and parameters of lay&lt;br /&gt;and professional understanding about HIV infection and AIDS (Herdt and&lt;br /&gt;Lindenbaum, 1992). As noted by Berridge, epidemiologists have played the&lt;br /&gt;lead part in defining and ordering the disease and in giving it a name&lt;br /&gt;(Berridge, 1992). It is important to recognize that it is epidemiological understandings&lt;br /&gt;and categories of “risk behavior” and of “risk groups” that have&lt;br /&gt;informed and defined the boundaries of psychosocial behavioral research investigating&lt;br /&gt;the determinants of individual risk behavior and lifestyle.&lt;br /&gt;Psychosocial models of research and health behavior based upon individualistic&lt;br /&gt;lifestyle notions of risk are often inadequate to address the complex&lt;br /&gt;social realities of risk acceptability, risk perception, risk assessment, and behavior&lt;br /&gt;change (see Table 1). These models, which emphasize the “health beliefs”&lt;br /&gt;(Becker, 1974), “self-efficacy’’ (Bandura, 1977), and motivations and&lt;br /&gt;skills (Joseph et al., 1988) of individuals to behave in certain ways, recognize&lt;br /&gt;a cognitive decision-making process in risk perception and risk behavior but&lt;br /&gt;fail to adequately capture either their social dimensions or their complexity.&lt;br /&gt;While providing pointers to behavioral intention, this is often devoid of social&lt;br /&gt;and cultural explanation or understanding (Romer and Hornik, 1992; Ingham&lt;br /&gt;et al., 1992). Such research has been found to have a limited capacity and&lt;br /&gt;utility in either predicting or explaining health beliefs about sexual risk and&lt;br /&gt;sexual behavior change (Rosenstock et al., 1988; Bloor et al., 1992; Montgomery&lt;br /&gt;et al., 1989).&lt;br /&gt;Current epidemiological and psychosocial theorizing on risk perception and&lt;br /&gt;behavior is based on the assumption of individual rationality (Rhodes, 1995).&lt;br /&gt;Dominant theoretical approaches to understanding health behavior-such as&lt;br /&gt;derivatives of the theories of Reasoned Action, Planned Behavior, and the&lt;br /&gt;Health Belief Model (see; Ingham et al., 1992; Becker, 1974; Fishbein and&lt;br /&gt;Azjen, 1975; Azjen, 1988)-view “risk-taking” as the result of an individual’s&lt;br /&gt;rational decision-making based on the perceived costs and benefits of risk action.&lt;br /&gt;At their crudest, such models of explanation assume a single rationality&lt;br /&gt;of choice-making about risk (Rhodes, 1995). Choices to avoid risk, which are&lt;br /&gt;frequently spoken of in health promotion discourses as the “healthy choices, ”&lt;br /&gt;are seen as “reasoned” choices, as exemplars of rational rather than irrational&lt;br /&gt;behavior. This often demeans explanations of continued risk behavior among&lt;br /&gt;IDUs to the rather dubious scientific categories of “unreasoned” behavior and&lt;br /&gt;cognitive malfunction.&lt;br /&gt;Recent attempts to move beyond “single rationality” theories of risk perception&lt;br /&gt;toward theories of “situated rationality” overcome some of these limitations&lt;br /&gt;but clearly remain inadequate (Bloor, 1995; Rhodes, 1995). These theories&lt;br /&gt;recognise that rationality is inextricably linked to the specific situations and&lt;br /&gt;contexts in which choices about risk are made. They go as far as to allow a&lt;br /&gt;plurality of rationalities and thus move beyond a one-dimensional matrix of&lt;br /&gt;“cost and benefit” where cost is synonymous with risky actions and benefit is&lt;br /&gt;synonymous with their avoidance. “Situated rationality” theories of risk behavior&lt;br /&gt;may help explain, for example, why condom use by IDUs with casual&lt;br /&gt;partners has increased over time while condom use with primary partners has&lt;br /&gt;remained relatively constant. Our current qualitative work on sexual negotiation&lt;br /&gt;indicates that in some cases HIV-negative IDUs may continue to have&lt;br /&gt;unprotected penetrative sex with their HIV-positive partners, despite knowledge&lt;br /&gt;and understanding of the proximity and susceptability of risk (Rhodes and&lt;br /&gt;Quirk, 1996). “Situated rationality” theories would posit that these decisions&lt;br /&gt;about risk are reasoned by individuals on the basis of costs and benefits which&lt;br /&gt;are situation and context dependent (e.g., where loss of trust or intimacy may&lt;br /&gt;be perceived to be of greater cost than the risk of HIV).&lt;br /&gt;But as we noted above, “situated rationality” theories remain inadequate&lt;br /&gt;to explain the social realities of risk behavior. As with other derivatives of&lt;br /&gt;theories of “reasoned action,” they assume that decisions about risk action are&lt;br /&gt;calculated. While in some instances this may be the case, this does not recognize&lt;br /&gt;the habituation of risk behavior (Bloor, 1995). Many of the behaviors&lt;br /&gt;in which IDUs routinely engage, whether deemed “risky” by themselves or by&lt;br /&gt;social scientists, are everyday behaviors which occur in a mundane or unspectacular&lt;br /&gt;fashion, often without individual “decisions,” “choices,” or “calculations”&lt;br /&gt;having to be made. Because such theories are ostensibly theories of&lt;br /&gt;individual cognition, they are unable to recognize that individual rationalities&lt;br /&gt;and perceptions are socially organized:&lt;br /&gt;If a group of individuals ignore some manifest risks, it must be because&lt;br /&gt;their social network encourages them to do so. Their social&lt;br /&gt;interaction presumably does a large part of the perceptual coding on&lt;br /&gt;risks. (Douglas, 1986, p. 67)&lt;br /&gt;The individualism of current theories of risk provide limited understandings&lt;br /&gt;of risk behavior. “Risk” is neither perceived nor understood by individuals&lt;br /&gt;as a neutral category but is socially and culturally organized and acted upon&lt;br /&gt;(Douglas, 1986, 1992; Douglas and Wildavsky, 1983; Bloor, 1995, Rhodes,&lt;br /&gt;1995; Hart and Boulton, 1995). This means that epidemiological understandings&lt;br /&gt;and measures of risk-particularly when applied in survey-based research-&lt;br /&gt;often lack social and cultural specificity and appropriateness. They fail&lt;br /&gt;to account for the ways in which risk is socially and culturally defined and the&lt;br /&gt;ways in which individual understandings of risk are socially and culturally&lt;br /&gt;mediated (see Table 1). Because individual rationalities are based on wider&lt;br /&gt;socially organized boundaries of explanation and meaning, “risks” are not simply&lt;br /&gt;or only “calculated” by individuals and neither is risk action necessarily&lt;br /&gt;individually “chosen” or “decided” upon. It is for this reason that the notion&lt;br /&gt;of risk taking is both inaccurate and misleading. The “choices” which current&lt;br /&gt;psychosocial research paradigms assume to be “taken” by individuals are COMcomitantly&lt;br /&gt;determined by a combination of social, cultural, and economic factors.&lt;br /&gt;What social scientists often view and measure as being individual volktion&lt;br /&gt;may sometimes not be “choice” at all (e.g., cases of sexual persuasion,&lt;br /&gt;“negotiation,” and coercion, or unsafe sex for money). Contemporary explanations&lt;br /&gt;of HIV and sexual risk behavior provide little notion or measure of&lt;br /&gt;“the social.” Parrallels can be made with anthropological critiques of how&lt;br /&gt;theorizing on risk has tended toward the “deculturing” of individuals:&lt;br /&gt;Expert risk analysis takes as its decision-making unit the individual&lt;br /&gt;agent, excluding from the choice any moral or political feedback that&lt;br /&gt;he may be receiving from his surrounding society. The rational agent&lt;br /&gt;of theory is decultured. (Douglas, 1986, p. 67)&lt;br /&gt;Rather than focusing exclusively on the psychological determinants of individuals&lt;br /&gt;in risk-related encounters, there is a need for future research to recognize&lt;br /&gt;how individual perceptions of risk and individual capabilities to control&lt;br /&gt;risk-related encounters are relative, both to wider peer-group, social, and community&lt;br /&gt;norms and to situational and structural context (see Table 1). The fundamental&lt;br /&gt;aim of such research is to focus on the pattern of interaction between&lt;br /&gt;risk behavior and social relationships and less on individual decision-making&lt;br /&gt;and the risk behavior patterns themselves (McKeganey and Barnard, 1992).&lt;br /&gt;Investigating the relationship between individual risk perception and social&lt;br /&gt;context encourages an understanding of the obstacles to individual behavior&lt;br /&gt;change. This demands a shift in direction toward a more qualitative action&lt;br /&gt;oriented research paradigm suited to investigating the social contexts and social&lt;br /&gt;relations of drug use and sexual activity (Rhodes and Stimson, 1994).&lt;br /&gt;This new paradigm of HIV risk research aims to build upon current epidemiological&lt;br /&gt;and sociological understanding of sexual risk behavior among&lt;br /&gt;drug users in an attempt to provide pragmatic support to developments in health&lt;br /&gt;promotion and intervention. It is our contention that it is timely and important&lt;br /&gt;that a new paradigm of sexual risk research requires more than evidence of risk&lt;br /&gt;behavior and of behavior change: it also needs to investigate and influence the&lt;br /&gt;process of change.&lt;br /&gt;Understanding the Social Processes of Risk&lt;br /&gt;We have suggested that epidemiological research is of incontestable importance&lt;br /&gt;in mapping the future determinants of epidemic spread, and that this&lt;br /&gt;contribution is best invested in an understanding the interactive nature of risk&lt;br /&gt;and risk behavior. While epidemiological and psychosocial study is suited to&lt;br /&gt;mapping the determinants and distribution of individual risk perception and&lt;br /&gt;behavior cross-sectionally and longitudinally, it currently lacks the descriptive&lt;br /&gt;capabilities to understand the social processes which determine the ways in&lt;br /&gt;which perceptions and behaviors are produced. It is unable to appreciate the&lt;br /&gt;subjective nature of the objects of study.&lt;br /&gt;What is needed is a move toward an interactive paradigm of research&lt;br /&gt;which is inclusive of sociological and anthropological methodology and explanation.&lt;br /&gt;At the outset this demands a shift from conventional epidemiological&lt;br /&gt;approaches toward a “social epidemiology” which aims to classify the determinants&lt;br /&gt;of disease and illness on the basis of their social and economic origins&lt;br /&gt;(Paterson, 1981; Scott-Samuel, 1989; Tannahill, 1992). The role of sociological&lt;br /&gt;and anthropological research in this context is twofold.&lt;br /&gt;First, it aims to describe the personal and social meanings attached by&lt;br /&gt;individuals and by groups of individuals to specific behaviors categorized as&lt;br /&gt;“risky” by the epidemiologist. This means describing behavior in the context&lt;br /&gt;of the meanings participants themselves have ascribed to their behavior. Behaviors&lt;br /&gt;attributed “risky” by the epidemiologist are thus to the qualitative sociologist&lt;br /&gt;part of a wider structure or culture of behaviors and associated meanings,&lt;br /&gt;which to participants themselves are often viewed and experienced as “normal,”&lt;br /&gt;rational, even mundane (Schwartz and Jacobs, 1979). This means understanding&lt;br /&gt;risk behavior in the context of drug users’ everyday lives:&lt;br /&gt;For the IV drug using subculture in particular, the risks associated&lt;br /&gt;with AIDS transmission overlap with a constellation of risks about&lt;br /&gt;which we know little. The concept of risk-taking as a common and&lt;br /&gt;meaningful dimension of the lives of IV drug users has so far been&lt;br /&gt;hidden behind an externally-constructed pastiche of risk behaviours&lt;br /&gt;specific only to AIDS. (Connors, 1992, p. 591)&lt;br /&gt;Second, it aims to understand the processes by which individuals come to&lt;br /&gt;attach meaning to “risk behaviors” and the ways in which individuals interact&lt;br /&gt;with wider systems or structures of knowledge and influence about HIV, risk,&lt;br /&gt;and health. This means investigating the social and cultural production of&lt;br /&gt;knowledge about HIV-related risk (of which epidemiology and dominant scientific&lt;br /&gt;discourse is a part) in the light of other situational and environmental&lt;br /&gt;factors which influence health behavior. Overall, the aim is to understand the&lt;br /&gt;“reciprocal effects of social settings upon individuals and of individuals upon&lt;br /&gt;social settings” (Schwartz and Jacobs, 1979, p. 9) with the objective of determining&lt;br /&gt;the problems and possibilities of reducing drug and sex-related harm.&lt;br /&gt;The move toward such a research paradigm demands fundamental shifts&lt;br /&gt;in contemporary thinking about social problems. As noted above, conventional&lt;br /&gt;epidemiology has played the key role in identifying and defining HIV risk and&lt;br /&gt;in influencing how policy and health interventions should best respond. The&lt;br /&gt;need to view HIV infection and HIV risk as socially constructed problems requires&lt;br /&gt;untangling the processes which have been key to “inventing” HIV and&lt;br /&gt;AIDS (Patton, 1990). One of the challenges of the second decade of AIDS is&lt;br /&gt;to bring about fundamental shifts in how research aims to reconstruct the social&lt;br /&gt;realities of health behavior and everyday life among populations affected&lt;br /&gt;by HIV transmission. As has been observed in the field of risk perception:&lt;br /&gt;A very significant body of work views risk perception as an individual&lt;br /&gt;and not as a social phenomenon. . . . It seems that the neglect of culture&lt;br /&gt;is so systematic and so entrenched that nothing less than a large&lt;br /&gt;upheaval in the social sciences would bring about a change. (Douglas,&lt;br /&gt;1986, p. 1)&lt;br /&gt;Understanding Drug Taking and Sexual Risk&lt;br /&gt;A closer inspection of current research explanations of the relationship&lt;br /&gt;between drug taking and sexual risk demonstrates the importance of viewing&lt;br /&gt;sexual risk behavior as a socially organized interaction. Here we use the example&lt;br /&gt;of crack and cocaine use (see Rhodes and Stimson, 1994, for a full&lt;br /&gt;discussion).&lt;br /&gt;There is mounting epidemiological evidence which shows there to be an&lt;br /&gt;association between the use of crack and cocaine and increased levels of reported&lt;br /&gt;sexual activity and sexual risk behavior (Wolfe et al., 1990; Fullilove&lt;br /&gt;et al., 1990; Chitwood and Comerford, 1990; Chaisson et al., 1989, 1991).&lt;br /&gt;This reflects contemporary concerns that stimulant drugs (and in particular,&lt;br /&gt;cocaine and crack) have disinhibiting effects on safer sex compliance:&lt;br /&gt;The danger of crack lies in its potential to promote high-risk sexual&lt;br /&gt;behavior through which AIDS can be contracted [italics added].&lt;br /&gt;(Bowser, 1989, p. 539)&lt;br /&gt;More than a cursory glance of the epidemiological literature reveals that&lt;br /&gt;there are many studies which show no such associations or which show such&lt;br /&gt;associations to be complicated by an interaction of social, situational, and&lt;br /&gt;material factors (Hartgers et al., 1991; Wolfe et al., 1990, 1992; Inciardi,&lt;br /&gt;1989). While studies show associations between cocaine and crack use and HIV&lt;br /&gt;positivity, there are few studies of sexual transmission and few which show&lt;br /&gt;these to be causal associations in people without a history of injecting drug use&lt;br /&gt;(Marx et al., 1991; Chaisson et al., 1991).&lt;br /&gt;While the current epidemiological picture remains blurred (see Marx et al.,&lt;br /&gt;1991, for a review), it is becoming increasingly clear that sexual risk behavior&lt;br /&gt;among crack and cocaine users is determined by a range of social, situational,&lt;br /&gt;and cultural factors which often remain peripheral to the vision of&lt;br /&gt;epidemiology. Two examples help to demonstrate this.&lt;br /&gt;First, ethnographic research has shown the importance of social and group&lt;br /&gt;norms in influencing individuals’ perceptions, expectations, and accounts of the&lt;br /&gt;effects of crack on sexual behavior and performance (Inciardi, 1989; Carlson&lt;br /&gt;and Siegal, 1991). This means that there is often a subcultural “mythology”&lt;br /&gt;attached to crack and sexuality which informs individual and group expectations&lt;br /&gt;and understandings of the effects of crack and cocaine on sex-related&lt;br /&gt;behavior. While sexual behavior in crack-related encounters may vary depending&lt;br /&gt;on an interaction of social, situational, and material factors (see below),&lt;br /&gt;individuals often make sense of such experiences in a limited number of ways&lt;br /&gt;in the light of shared knowledge about what is legitimate (i.e., “normal”)&lt;br /&gt;behavior. It is important to study both the processes by which knowledge is&lt;br /&gt;socially organized and the ways in which individuals interact with this body&lt;br /&gt;of knowledge to make sense of their own behavior:&lt;br /&gt;We may make more sense of people’s explanations, especially when&lt;br /&gt;given in social contexts, if we . . . acknowledge that, as accounts,&lt;br /&gt;common-sense explanations often serve to excuse and justify, and not&lt;br /&gt;merely to explain. (Hewstone, 1989, p. 37)&lt;br /&gt;Second, ethnographic research has shown that in some crack-related settings&lt;br /&gt;it is normal and legitimate for the drug to be exchanged for (often unsafe)&lt;br /&gt;“sexual favors” which are often initiated and performed by men as “degradation&lt;br /&gt;rituals” (Carlson and Siegal, 1991). These encounters are often not&lt;br /&gt;viewed or understood as “prostitution” by the participants concerned but are&lt;br /&gt;seen as a necessary or usual component of the drug deal and of the crack-related&lt;br /&gt;encounter. While this may be documented as being of epidemiological importance&lt;br /&gt;given the increased sexual risks associated with crack use, this cannot&lt;br /&gt;fully explain the processes which determine such events. Such sexual&lt;br /&gt;encounters are determined not simply by an interaction between pharmacology&lt;br /&gt;and individual psychology but by a complex interaction between the individual&lt;br /&gt;and the social which determines both the economics and currency of drug and&lt;br /&gt;sex exchanges.&lt;br /&gt;Future research which aims to investigate and influence sexual behavior&lt;br /&gt;change among drug users requires an understanding of the social, cultural, and&lt;br /&gt;material exchange “value” of behavior and the ways in which such values and&lt;br /&gt;meanings limit the predictive and explanatory effectiveness of rational and&lt;br /&gt;decision-making models of individual behavior.&lt;br /&gt;INTERVENTION: FROM INDIVIDUAL TO SOCIAL CHANGE&lt;br /&gt;HIV Prevention and the Limits of Individual Change&lt;br /&gt;While ethnographic research points to indications of large-scale and community&lt;br /&gt;changes in drug-injecting behavior (Burt and Stimson, 1993), HIV&lt;br /&gt;prevention programs targeting drug users have found greater difficulty in promoting&lt;br /&gt;and achieving sexual behavior change (Table 2). In recognizing the&lt;br /&gt;inadequacy of interventions based on biomedical notions of individual lifestyle&lt;br /&gt;and sexual behavior change (Ehrhardt, 1992), the challenge for safer sex health&lt;br /&gt;promotion is to both create and nurture a collective and social responsibility&lt;br /&gt;about sexual behavior and sexual health.&lt;br /&gt;The recent advocation and adoption of community-based HIV prevention&lt;br /&gt;strategies targeting harder-to-reach drug users may provide the foundation and&lt;br /&gt;stimulus for such a response (Rhodes, 1993, 1994a, 1994b). Current UK interventions&lt;br /&gt;are predominantly focused toward the individual client and toward&lt;br /&gt;achieving individual behavior change. These initiatives attempt to contact drug&lt;br /&gt;users, the majority of whom are out of contact with existing health services,&lt;br /&gt;with the aim of enabling them with the means to make safe choices about drugtaking&lt;br /&gt;and sexual behavior.&lt;br /&gt;The effectiveness and efficiency of current UK models of community-based&lt;br /&gt;HIV prevention have recently come under critical review. Recent evaluation&lt;br /&gt;has raised important questions about the limitations of community-based interventions&lt;br /&gt;which work within a mode of health education dominated by an individualistic&lt;br /&gt;focus. Evaluation of the UK syringe exchange schemes, for example,&lt;br /&gt;has indicated the inherent limitations of the approach in encouraging and&lt;br /&gt;sustaining behavior change among drug injectors in the community and in&lt;br /&gt;social environments where risk behavior is actually produced (Stimson et al.,&lt;br /&gt;1991; Stimson and Donoghoe, 1996). Despite the availability of injecting&lt;br /&gt;equipment though syringe exchanges, “choices” about whether to share such&lt;br /&gt;equipment are also influenced by particular social relationship dynamics (e.g.,&lt;br /&gt;between sexual partners), social desirability, and social acceptability. Qualitative&lt;br /&gt;research in Glasgow, for example, notes differences in patterns of sharing&lt;br /&gt;among women and men where sharing was found to be a “socially embedded&lt;br /&gt;behaviour which [was] responsive to the many rights and obligations” within&lt;br /&gt;social relationships (Barnard, 1993).&lt;br /&gt;While outreach and extra-agency work enables education in situ-within&lt;br /&gt;the social environments where risk behaviors are produced-this also largely&lt;br /&gt;remains targeted toward individuals with the aim of encouraging “self-empowerment”&lt;br /&gt;on a client-centred basis (see Table 2). Evaluation of street-based&lt;br /&gt;outreach questions the utility of such an approach, pointing to wider social and&lt;br /&gt;material factors (e.g., peer group norms, housing and welfare needs) which can&lt;br /&gt;impede the effective promotion and adoption of changes in individual lifestyle&lt;br /&gt;and sexual risk behavior (Rhodes and Holland, 1992).&lt;br /&gt;This confirms ethnographic and behavioral research which shows the importance&lt;br /&gt;of social and peer group norms and of situational and social setting&lt;br /&gt;in shaping behavior change (Rhodes and Hartnoll, 1996). If intervention is to&lt;br /&gt;build effectively on the findings of recent research, greater emphasis must be&lt;br /&gt;placed on the targeting of networks and communities as objects and as agents&lt;br /&gt;of change rather than individuals and individual risk behavior alone (Friedman&lt;br /&gt;et al., 1992, 1994; Rhodes, 1993, 1994b; Stimson et al., 1994). This is necessary&lt;br /&gt;as a first step to creating the social relations in which individuals can&lt;br /&gt;exercise “choices” about their health behavior.&lt;br /&gt;Toward Social Network and Community Change&lt;br /&gt;There are few UK interventions which explicitly attempt to encourage&lt;br /&gt;collective or community change among drug users, and there remains considerable&lt;br /&gt;inexperience in using the appropriate intervention methods to achieve&lt;br /&gt;these aims. UK interventions have much to learn from their international counterparts&lt;br /&gt;(largely US and Australian) reportedly effective in encouraging community&lt;br /&gt;change (Wiebel, 1988; Friedman et al., 1992; Friedman et al., 1994;&lt;br /&gt;Trotter et al., 1993) and much to learn from studies of community participation&lt;br /&gt;and organization in health promotion as a whole (Rogers and Shoemaker,&lt;br /&gt;1971; Rogers, 1983; Bracht, 1990; Tones et al., 1990; Freire, 1972).&lt;br /&gt;In understanding the possibilities for initiating and reinforcing change in&lt;br /&gt;social networks or communities of drug users, it is useful to draw on the established&lt;br /&gt;theories and practices of community development and, in particular,&lt;br /&gt;communication and diffusion of innovations (Rogers and Shoemaker, 197 1 ;&lt;br /&gt;Rogers, 1983). Communication of innovations theory provides important guiding&lt;br /&gt;principles which govern the conditions necessary for change and the likelihood&lt;br /&gt;of change being adopted. There are essentially four principles (Tones&lt;br /&gt;et al., 1990): the characteristics of communities govern the need and desire for&lt;br /&gt;change; the ownership of, and identification with, an innovation (or intervention)&lt;br /&gt;by a community governs the likelihood of adopting and sustaining change;&lt;br /&gt;the process of change is governed by the homophily* existing between community&lt;br /&gt;leaders and change agents; and the process of change is governed by&lt;br /&gt;the characteristics and perceived consequences of change.&lt;br /&gt;To move beyond the limitations of interventions targeting individuals as&lt;br /&gt;agents of change, interventions first require knowledge of the characteristics&lt;br /&gt;and structure of drug-using social networks. This is necessary so as to understand&lt;br /&gt;and monitor the possibilities for diffusion, of the “processes by which an&lt;br /&gt;innovation is communicated through certain channels over time among the&lt;br /&gt;members of a social system” (Rogers, 1983, p. 5). Analysis of social network&lt;br /&gt;structure thus requires epidemiological and sociological mapping of the nature&lt;br /&gt;and structure of social relationships within social networks. As noted by Scott&lt;br /&gt;on the subject and method of social network analysis:&lt;br /&gt;Relations are not the properties of agents, but of systems of agents;&lt;br /&gt;these relations connect pairs of agents into larger relational systems.&lt;br /&gt;(Scott, 1991, p. 3)&lt;br /&gt;This means describing the “contacts, ties, and connections” between individuals&lt;br /&gt;within a network with the aim of delineating the channels of communication&lt;br /&gt;and influence for targeted innovations. It is for this reason that the&lt;br /&gt;role of outreach worker or peer educator often overlaps with the role of community&lt;br /&gt;ethnographer and that many outreach programs in the United States&lt;br /&gt;have developed simultaneously in the light of ongoing ethnographic intervention-&lt;br /&gt;based research (Wiebel, 1988, 1996; Feldman and Aldrich, 1990; Grund&lt;br /&gt;et al., 1996). An ethnographic description of drug-using special networks thus&lt;br /&gt;consists of “a body of qualitative measures of network structure” (Scott, 1991,&lt;br /&gt;p. 3) delineating the “specific type of relation linking a defined set of persons”&lt;br /&gt;(Knoke and Kuklinski, 1982, p. 12).&lt;br /&gt;More particularly, it is important to gauge the extent to which specific&lt;br /&gt;networks or communities of drug users are homogeneous. The extent as well&lt;br /&gt;as the specific nature of connections within networks clearly influences the&lt;br /&gt;feasibility for diffusion of communications. Each individual drug user can be&lt;br /&gt;seen to have a multitude of ties into a number of overlapping ego-centered&lt;br /&gt;networks: it is the job of ethnography to determine which particular ties into&lt;br /&gt;which particular networks are relevant for targeting as potential channels of&lt;br /&gt;diffusion into group-centred networks. The potential that drug-dealing networks&lt;br /&gt;hold for communication of innovations, for example, may differ from the&lt;br /&gt;potential that drug-using, friendship, or sexual networks have. The heterogeneity&lt;br /&gt;within as well as across social networks and communities of drug users&lt;br /&gt;across time and space must be considered the first obstacle to targeting social&lt;br /&gt;networks as a way of instrumenting “community change” (Rhodes, 1993). In&lt;br /&gt;contrast to a greater developed sense of collective social and political identity&lt;br /&gt;among communities of gay men, for example, identities, “ties and connections”&lt;br /&gt;within social networks of drug users may be more functional than ideological,&lt;br /&gt;and perhaps more imagined than real (Rhodes, 1994a). Interventions encouraging&lt;br /&gt;community change within drug-using networks thus need to build upon&lt;br /&gt;existing social ties, norms, and values by first identifying perceived needs for&lt;br /&gt;change and second by creating and nurturing a sense of collective identity and&lt;br /&gt;shared responsibility about innovation and change in individual and collective&lt;br /&gt;health behavior.&lt;br /&gt;Available evidence points to the effectiveness of interventions targeting&lt;br /&gt;peer influence as a method of facilitating collective action and community&lt;br /&gt;change. Among gay men, research has demonstrated the importance of collective&lt;br /&gt;action in first creating the social and cultural conditions necessary for&lt;br /&gt;sexual behavior change and second in influencing and reinforcing the validity&lt;br /&gt;and efficacy of continued changes in sexual behavior (Ehrhardt, 1992; Hart and&lt;br /&gt;Boulton, 1995). A number of studies show greater sexual risk reduction&lt;br /&gt;changes among gay men who are socially integrated into existing gay social&lt;br /&gt;networks than among gay men who are not (Kippax et al., 1992; Freeman et&lt;br /&gt;al., 1992). Studies also show that greater sexual risk reduction changes are&lt;br /&gt;reported among gay men who receive social and peer support when attempting&lt;br /&gt;changes in their sexual behavior and condom use (Kelly et al., 1990,&lt;br /&gt;1992). Crucially, controlled comparative evaluation shows greater sexual risk&lt;br /&gt;reduction to be achieved among those targeted by peer group organizing within&lt;br /&gt;preexisting social networks than by conventional individually-targeted health&lt;br /&gt;education alone (Kelly et al., 1992).&lt;br /&gt;While drug-using subcultures are often characterized by social relationships&lt;br /&gt;which appear unconducive to the creation and reinforcement of collective social&lt;br /&gt;responsibilities (Friedman et al., 1990), recent research has demonstrated&lt;br /&gt;both the normative importance of sharing in drug users’ social and material&lt;br /&gt;relationships (McKeganey and Barnard, 1992) and of peer support in influencing&lt;br /&gt;behavioral norms and behavior change (Friedman et al., 1992). Friedman&lt;br /&gt;et al. (1992), for example, note the importance of peer support from the drugusing&lt;br /&gt;and nondrug-using friends and relatives in changing drug users’ sexual&lt;br /&gt;behavior (Abdul-Quader et al., 1989) and condom use (Sotheran et al., 1989),&lt;br /&gt;while condom use among female sexual partners of drug users (Tross et al.,&lt;br /&gt;1992) and among women enrolled in methadone treatment programs (Ramos&lt;br /&gt;et al., 1992) have also been found to be associated with peer support and&lt;br /&gt;endorsement.&lt;br /&gt;It is well established that longer-term more experienced drug users often&lt;br /&gt;initiate and “educate” new recruits into appropriate drug-taking behavior (Des&lt;br /&gt;Jarlais et al., 1989). Future interventions might begin by targeting such individuals&lt;br /&gt;within specified social networks with the aim of encouraging them to&lt;br /&gt;impart health recommendations to new recruits into drug use and to individuals&lt;br /&gt;new to their social networks and social circles.&lt;br /&gt;Examples of Social Network and Community Change&lt;br /&gt;Since 1987, the US National Institute of Drug Abuse (NIDA) has funded&lt;br /&gt;a number of demonstration outreach projects targeting drug injectors and their&lt;br /&gt;sexual partners. Of key importance has been the development of “Peer Driven”&lt;br /&gt;and “Indigenous Leader Models” of outreach (Wiebel, 1988, 1996; Broadhead&lt;br /&gt;and Heckathorn, 1994; Koester, 1992) and recent moves toward social network&lt;br /&gt;interventions (Trotter et al., 1993). One of the best established demonstration&lt;br /&gt;projects targeting community changes among injecting drug users is the Chicago&lt;br /&gt;AIDS Community Outreach Intervention Project (Wiebel, 1988, 1996).&lt;br /&gt;Developed initially as a method to intervene and control community outbreaks&lt;br /&gt;of heroin use, it combines epidemiological indicators of risk behavior with&lt;br /&gt;community-based ethnography as a way of designing and implementing appropriate&lt;br /&gt;intervention in the community. The project employs a sequence of strategies&lt;br /&gt;to identify and execute appropriate intervention targets with the overall&lt;br /&gt;aim of facilitating collective change (Wiebel, 1988).&lt;br /&gt;First, the use of qualitative and ethnographic methods and of ethnographers&lt;br /&gt;are outreach workers helps identify community norms and values attached to&lt;br /&gt;health behaviors. Second, the use of former and current drug users as outreach&lt;br /&gt;workers and ethnographers facilitates access to target populations and communication&lt;br /&gt;with target drug users. Third, the repeating of outreach contacts using&lt;br /&gt;a series of complementary risk reduction messages at different locations&lt;br /&gt;maximizes health recommendation exposure and reinforces its content. Fourth,&lt;br /&gt;and most significantly, the targeting of key individuals and their subsequent recruitment&lt;br /&gt;as AIDS Prevention Advocates to enhance and impart health recommendations&lt;br /&gt;to their friends and peers helps encourage socially responsible&lt;br /&gt;beliefs and opinions about health behavior, and, over time, generates a collective&lt;br /&gt;response to behavior change.&lt;br /&gt;The Chicago outreach project can be seen to embody many of the classic&lt;br /&gt;heath promotion strategies developed in communications of innovations theory&lt;br /&gt;(Rogers and Shoemaker, 1971; Rogers, 1983). It is based on sound epidemiological&lt;br /&gt;and ethnographic assessment of the structure and shared norms of identified&lt;br /&gt;social networks, and it employs ideas of homophily in the use of indigenous&lt;br /&gt;outreach workers/ethnographers and key community leaders as peer&lt;br /&gt;educators. This gives indication of the likelihood of change being adopted and&lt;br /&gt;of the possibilities for reinforcing and sustaining the process of change overtime.&lt;br /&gt;The project has been effective in encouraging risk reduction changes over&lt;br /&gt;time and recently has been associated with a declining incidence of new HIV&lt;br /&gt;infections among target populations (Wiebel et al., 1994).&lt;br /&gt;The Chicago project can be seen as a model intervention where ethnographic&lt;br /&gt;observation informs intervention strategy and response (Wiebel, 1996).&lt;br /&gt;One other model intervention, recently developed in Connecticut, provides an&lt;br /&gt;example of a social network intervention where the preexisting structure of&lt;br /&gt;social networks is defined less by a priori ethnographic research than by IDUs&lt;br /&gt;and their peers themselves (Broadhead and Heckathorn, 1994; Grund et al,&lt;br /&gt;1996). The East Connecticut Outreach Project (ECHO) employs ethnography&lt;br /&gt;to make initial contact with IDUs and to develop and implement appropriate&lt;br /&gt;intervention messages, but thereafter encourages IDUs, by a coupon system of&lt;br /&gt;peer-referral, to contact and educate their peers (see Grund et al., 1996, for&lt;br /&gt;a description of intervention methods). All IDUs receiving education from their&lt;br /&gt;peers are encouraged to do likewise and educate peer contacts of their own and&lt;br /&gt;to make contact with the core outreach team for assessments of peer education&lt;br /&gt;given and received. Whereas the Chicago project builds up a picture of the&lt;br /&gt;structure and connections within drug-using social networks by ongoing ethnographic&lt;br /&gt;observations, the ECHO project begins to identify the structure of&lt;br /&gt;preexisting networks by the connections which are made between peers involved&lt;br /&gt;in the outreach intervention.&lt;br /&gt;This means that no a priori assumptions are made as to what a network&lt;br /&gt;is or of how it best operates with regard to the communication of health interventions.&lt;br /&gt;While the Chicago project operates within the paradigm of “Indigenous&lt;br /&gt;Leader Models” of intervention aiming to identify which IDUs within&lt;br /&gt;a network have “leadership” status or potential, the ECHO project operates&lt;br /&gt;within a paradigm of “Peer Driven Models” of intervention which aim to identify&lt;br /&gt;and exploit preexisting channels of communication and influence as they&lt;br /&gt;“naturally occur” within social networks (Broadhead and Heckathorn, 1994;&lt;br /&gt;Grund et al., 1996). The Chicago project aims to diffuse communication within&lt;br /&gt;networks by identifying which individuals appear to have most influence in&lt;br /&gt;maintaining or “policing” network norms, while the ECHO project aims to&lt;br /&gt;diffuse communication by a cue-system based on preexisting power and organi&lt;br /&gt;zational structures (peer to peer rather than “peer educator” to peer). Without&lt;br /&gt;altering the dynamics and nature of communication flow within networks, the&lt;br /&gt;ECHO project aims to encourage a system of “group mediated social control”&lt;br /&gt;where groups or networks of people “police” themselves (see Heckathorn,&lt;br /&gt;1990, for a theoretical outline of Group-Mediated Social Control, and Broadhead&lt;br /&gt;and Heckathorn, 1994, for a description of its application to HIV outreach).&lt;br /&gt;While the ECHO project remains in its developmental stages (6 months&lt;br /&gt;implementation at the time of writing), preliminary findings from process evaluation&lt;br /&gt;suggest that it is well received by IDUs (Grund et al., 1996).&lt;br /&gt;Social network interventions may also be planned and developed on the&lt;br /&gt;basis of systematic social network analysis. Work undertaken by Trotter and&lt;br /&gt;colleagues points to the pragmatic value of an intimate and synergistic linkage&lt;br /&gt;between social network analysis and intervention (Trotter et al., 1993). Such&lt;br /&gt;research has shown how ethnographic research undertaken among key target&lt;br /&gt;populations may lead to a realization that there exists a luck of cohesion within&lt;br /&gt;and across bounded groups of drug users. Exploration of the interplay between&lt;br /&gt;such groups produced a closer understanding of the extent and nature of connections&lt;br /&gt;within different “types” of drug-using networks, which ranged from&lt;br /&gt;“closed networks” displaying an absence of social interaction between members&lt;br /&gt;to “open networks” where membership was based on acquaintance and&lt;br /&gt;acquiescence (Trotter et al., 1993). Social network interventions require an understanding&lt;br /&gt;not simply of whether connections between drug-using individuals&lt;br /&gt;and groups exist but of the nature and suitability of these connections for&lt;br /&gt;the feasibility and diffusion of interventions.&lt;br /&gt;At the time of writing there are few published evaluations of “peer education”&lt;br /&gt;or social network interventions encouraging group-mediated change&lt;br /&gt;among drug users. Ethnographic field research has shown the value of understanding&lt;br /&gt;preexisting channels of communication and influence within drug-using&lt;br /&gt;social networks when targeting key individuals as peer educators or health&lt;br /&gt;advocates. As well as drug dealers and drug users, key individuals selected as&lt;br /&gt;peer educators have included local shopkeepers, bar workers, and managers of&lt;br /&gt;shooting galleries (Oeullet et al., 1991; Murphy and Waldorf, 1991). The&lt;br /&gt;comparative value of peer or “indigenous leader” interventions against those&lt;br /&gt;which tend to be “peer-driven” remains unknown. It is clear, however, that&lt;br /&gt;future HIV prevention interventions need to make fundamental shifts toward&lt;br /&gt;encouraging group rather than individually-mediated change within social networks&lt;br /&gt;of drug users (Rhodes and Hartnoll, 1996).&lt;br /&gt;While little is known about the scope, feasibility, and effectiveness of peer&lt;br /&gt;interventions among drug users, preliminary research findings suggest that&lt;br /&gt;interventions targeting the changing of community norms may do more to&lt;br /&gt;change risk behavior than interventions targeting changes restricted to individuals.&lt;br /&gt;Friedman et al. (1992) reported on the preliminary findings from a community&lt;br /&gt;organizing initiative emphasizing collective identity and participation&lt;br /&gt;among drug injectors in Brooklyn, which they show achieved greater levels of&lt;br /&gt;risk reduction in sexual and drug-taking behavior than street-based individually-&lt;br /&gt;focused outreach (see also Jose et al., 1996).&lt;br /&gt;Evaluation of syringe exchange in Rotterdam shows a higher return rate&lt;br /&gt;of equipment, a higher retention rate of attendance, and higher levels of risk&lt;br /&gt;reduction from an intervention recommending collective change and encouraging&lt;br /&gt;drug users to take care of their friends and peers than from a similar intervention&lt;br /&gt;recommending individual change (Grund et al., 1992). Similar findings&lt;br /&gt;are reported from peer-based syringe exchange projects in South Australia,&lt;br /&gt;which shows that peer-based programs were more effective in distributing&lt;br /&gt;equipment and in reaching new injectors than nonpeer-based programs (Herkt.&lt;br /&gt;1993).&lt;br /&gt;Peer education and peer endorsement may be particularly important in the&lt;br /&gt;context of behaviors most private and subject to most social and public policing,&lt;br /&gt;such as sexual behavior (Ehrhardt, 1992). The targeting of peer influence&lt;br /&gt;as a method of initiating and reinforcing change in drug users’ social and&lt;br /&gt;sexual relationships can be viewed as a first step toward encouraging a process&lt;br /&gt;of community and collective change. It also may be considered the first&lt;br /&gt;step toward providing the foundation for community mobilization and organization&lt;br /&gt;among drug users in defining and controlling collective norms and values&lt;br /&gt;about health behavior and in confronting the social constraints which marginalize&lt;br /&gt;equity to public health.&lt;br /&gt;CONCLUSION&lt;br /&gt;An understanding of the obstacles to individual behavior change requires&lt;br /&gt;an understanding of the social context of risk behavior. Without confronting&lt;br /&gt;the obstacles to behavior change it is unlikely that opportunities for change will&lt;br /&gt;be created. This demands an approach to research and intervention which recognizes&lt;br /&gt;both an epidemiology and a sociology of risk behavior. It is timely for&lt;br /&gt;a shift in the direction and emphasis of most research and intervention designs&lt;br /&gt;toward a conception of risk behavior and behavior change which encompasses&lt;br /&gt;and combines a vision of the social as well as the individual. If intervention&lt;br /&gt;is to be effective in changing individual risk behavior, then it must also be&lt;br /&gt;effective in changing the social context of risk behavior. It is timely for research&lt;br /&gt;and intervention to consider the problem of the social and of social&lt;br /&gt;change. This is one of the challenges of the second decade of AIDS. When&lt;br /&gt;facing this challenge, drug users themselves may prove to be the most helpful&lt;br /&gt;advocates of innovation and change.</description><link>http://order-ultram-online.blogspot.com/2008/02/sex-drugs-intervention-and-research.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Landrogek)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5477654376337753520.post-1037074346321309765</guid><pubDate>Sat, 23 Feb 2008 19:03:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2008-02-23T11:05:53.992-08:00</atom:updated><title>Self Ratings of Dependency/Addiction Regarding Drugs, Sex, Love, and Food: Male and Female College Students</title><description>To what degree do addictions to drugs, sex, love, and food correlate&lt;br /&gt;with each other? Are there meaningful sex differences in&lt;br /&gt;the addictions? To study this, 9,313 college students (3,083 males,&lt;br /&gt;6,230 females) rated 13 items on 0–100 scales for their dependency/&lt;br /&gt;addiction to the things represented by the items. Results&lt;br /&gt;indicated that males reported significantly more addictions than&lt;br /&gt;females, but females were more likely than males to report addictions&lt;br /&gt;for cigarettes, chocolate, and food in general. Results also&lt;br /&gt;showed consistent intercorrelations, typically in the 0.20’s or 0.30’s,&lt;br /&gt;but sometimes higher. Not only did things correlate within their&lt;br /&gt;category—e.g., the different drugs correlated with each other, indicating&lt;br /&gt;polydrug use—but correlations occurred between unrelated&lt;br /&gt;topics, such as dependency/addiction to alcohol correlating&lt;br /&gt;with dependency/addiction to having sex. The findings support the&lt;br /&gt;notion of small but significant overlap in the various dependencies/&lt;br /&gt;addictions, and of sex differences in the various addictions.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;Is addiction pervasive, or does it operate in just one area? For example, if a&lt;br /&gt;person is addicted to cigarettes, would they also be addicted to marijuana?&lt;br /&gt;What about chocolate? Or, heroin? It is also important to know if the two sexes&lt;br /&gt;differ in how they respond to the extent of their dependency or addiction to&lt;br /&gt;various substances, including drugs, food, sex, and love.&lt;br /&gt;People try to control their lives and their environment, and the extent&lt;br /&gt;to which they can control things has a lot to do with their well-being, as&lt;br /&gt;opposed to having addictions that control them (Deci &amp;amp; Ryan, 2000; Ryan,&lt;br /&gt;Kuhl, &amp;amp; Deci, 1997). Addiction would seem to be at one end of a continuum,&lt;br /&gt;with self regulation at the other end (Deci &amp;amp; Ryan, 2000; Maddux, 1995;&lt;br /&gt;Ryan, Kuhl, &amp;amp; Deci, 1997; Vielva &amp;amp; Iraurgi, 2001). Using the term “addiction”&lt;br /&gt;in a general sense would also encompass a person feeling dependent on&lt;br /&gt;something. That is the person’s feeling of dependency or addiction to something&lt;br /&gt;indicates their feeling of lack of control. There is some evidence that a&lt;br /&gt;person who lacks control in one area often has additional problems in other&lt;br /&gt;areas (Oltmanns, Neale, &amp;amp; Davison, 2003). And, one bad experience can&lt;br /&gt;lead to subsequent problems in other areas of life (Riggs, Dancu, Gershuny,&lt;br /&gt;Greenberg, &amp;amp; Foa, 1992).&lt;br /&gt;The control that people feel over their lives is an important part of&lt;br /&gt;who they are. Most addictions detract from feelings of control. If people&lt;br /&gt;feel compelled by outside forces, or by inner demons, then they do not&lt;br /&gt;see themselves as being able to exert self control. One concept which has&lt;br /&gt;enjoyed an increased popularity in recent times is “addiction.” Originally used&lt;br /&gt;with regard to drugs, the concept of addiction has been added to such things&lt;br /&gt;as sex and food. Thus, we can conceptualize someone as being a sex addict&lt;br /&gt;or a food addict, which implies that they behave compulsively in these areas,&lt;br /&gt;and have little control over their behavior.&lt;br /&gt;Related to feeling that one is a victim is a related concept of being&lt;br /&gt;dependent on drugs, sex, love, food, etc. Dependency, too, implies that&lt;br /&gt;the individual does not have total control or freedom but must depend on&lt;br /&gt;something else to feel complete, to feel adequate. The inability to regulate&lt;br /&gt;oneself or to control events in one’s life can be a major problem (Eisenberg&lt;br /&gt;&amp;amp; Zhou, 2000; Eisenman, 2000, 2001, 2003a, 2003b; Epstein &amp;amp; Katz, 1992;&lt;br /&gt;Rotter, 1990; Singh &amp;amp; Darroch, 2000; Zuckerman, 1991).&lt;br /&gt;Some of the concepts mentioned here can be broken down into smaller&lt;br /&gt;units, or divided into different forms. For example, there are different types&lt;br /&gt;of drugs, and a person may be addicted to/dependent on one without having&lt;br /&gt;the same problem(s) with other drugs. Or, a person may be addicted to&lt;br /&gt;sex but not love or vice versa. While the concept of sexual addiction has&lt;br /&gt;been explored (Carnes, 1983, 1989, 1990, 1991), the idea of being addicted&lt;br /&gt;to love has received less attention. Sometimes, people have strong emotional&lt;br /&gt;feelings and a lack of control. The idea of sexual addiction is controversial.&lt;br /&gt;We may not need the concept to understand compulsive sexual behavior,&lt;br /&gt;and it may not be desirable to add such a diagnostic term which implies that&lt;br /&gt;sex addiction is like drug addiction (Eisenman, 2001). But, self-described&lt;br /&gt;addiction or dependence would seem to indicate a real problem. For example,&lt;br /&gt;if a people say, they have chronic illnesses, their life would not seem&lt;br /&gt;to be very enjoyable. The mere perception of a constant illness would help&lt;br /&gt;make things unpleasant. Likewise, believing that one has a dependence or&lt;br /&gt;addiction would seem to contribute negatively to one’s happiness or feelings&lt;br /&gt;of comfort. We wish to know if the drug addictions/dependencies are related&lt;br /&gt;to one another, suggesting problems with polydrug use, and if drug addiction/&lt;br /&gt;dependency is related to addiction/dependency in other areas, such as&lt;br /&gt;love, sex, food, etc.&lt;br /&gt;METHOD&lt;br /&gt;Participants&lt;br /&gt;The participants were 9,313 college students (3,083 males, 6,230 females)&lt;br /&gt;in the United States and Canada. They were a convenience sample, tested&lt;br /&gt;by cooperating professors in these two countries, who asked students from&lt;br /&gt;their classes to answer a longer questionnaire, in order to find out about&lt;br /&gt;sex differences in drug and other addictions, and to find out about the intercorrelation&lt;br /&gt;of addictions. The data are drawn from these questionnaires,&lt;br /&gt;which also contained other questions besides the ones discussed here. The&lt;br /&gt;addiction questions were analyzed for sex differences in the addictions, and&lt;br /&gt;for intercorrelations among the addictions.&lt;br /&gt;Self-Ratings&lt;br /&gt;The subjects were asked to provide ratings with regard to the following&lt;br /&gt;question: “To what degree have you ever felt yourself becoming dependent&lt;br /&gt;upon, or addicted to, the following things?” The students were told to&lt;br /&gt;employ a 0–100 scale, with “0=not at all” and “100=to the most extreme&lt;br /&gt;degree.” The students were given 14 categories for the 0–100 ratings: alcohol,&lt;br /&gt;amphetamines, barbiturates, being in love, chocolate, cocaine, coffee,&lt;br /&gt;cigarettes, gambling, having sex, heroin, marijuana, and food in general.&lt;br /&gt;RESULTS&lt;br /&gt;The results are shown in Tables 1–5. Table 1 shows the mean scores for the&lt;br /&gt;addictions by gender: males vs. females. Table 2 reports t tests for the different&lt;br /&gt;addictions by gender. Table 3 presents the correlations for all subjects,&lt;br /&gt;while Table 4 presents the results for males only, and Table 5 presents the&lt;br /&gt;results for females only. It is apparent that being dependent or addicted to&lt;br /&gt;one thing is frequently—but not always—associated with being dependent&lt;br /&gt;or addicted to something else.&lt;br /&gt;There were many sex differences, with males usually more likely to have&lt;br /&gt;reported dependency/addiction to the various topics. Males reported significantly&lt;br /&gt;more addiction for the areas of alcohol, amphetamines, barbiturates,&lt;br /&gt;cocaine, gambling, having sex, heroin, and marijuana. Females reported significantly&lt;br /&gt;more addiction for chocolate, cigarettes, and food in general. Being&lt;br /&gt;in love and coffee both had small, nonsignificant differences, with females&lt;br /&gt;slightly higher in both. For the entire sample (males and females) the addiction&lt;br /&gt;ratings, on a 0–100 scale, ranged from a low of 0.40 for females for&lt;br /&gt;heroin (males 0.74) to a high of being in love, at 49.67 for females (males&lt;br /&gt;49.13).&lt;br /&gt;For the entire sample, i.e., both sexes combined, most of the items show&lt;br /&gt;a statistically significant correlation with one another, although sometimes&lt;br /&gt;quite low. At times, though, the correlations have a moderate but not low&lt;br /&gt;relationship, as when being dependent/addicted to barbiturates correlates&lt;br /&gt;0.52 with dependence/addiction to amphetamines. The low intercorrelations&lt;br /&gt;may be due, in part, to the low amount of addictions admitted to by the&lt;br /&gt;participants in this study. Such limited admission of addictions would usually&lt;br /&gt;result in small or nonsignificant findings.&lt;br /&gt;For dependency/addiction in males only, amphetamines correlated 0.56&lt;br /&gt;with barbiturates, 0.49 with cocaine, and 0.41 with marijuana. Being dependent/&lt;br /&gt;addicted to being in love correlated 0.48 with those dependent/addicted&lt;br /&gt;to having sex. The results for males only are summarized in Table 4.&lt;br /&gt;For dependency/addiction in females only, amphetamines correlated&lt;br /&gt;0.49 with barbiturates, 0.48 cocaine, and 0.38 with marijuana. Being dependent/&lt;br /&gt;addicted to being in love correlated 0.49 with those dependent/addicted&lt;br /&gt;to having sex. The results for females only are summarized in Table 5. For&lt;br /&gt;the variables discussed in this and the preceding paragraph, the male and&lt;br /&gt;female correlations are very similar. Both sexes show a multidrug usage pattern&lt;br /&gt;with being dependent/addicted to one drug having moderate relationships&lt;br /&gt;to being dependent/addicted to other drugs regardless of what drug&lt;br /&gt;one examines: cocaine, alcohol, cigarettes, amphetamines, etc. For example,&lt;br /&gt;dependency on/addiction to marijuana shows statistically significant correlations,&lt;br /&gt;indicating dependency on/addiction to other drugs. And both sexes&lt;br /&gt;show a moderate relationship between sex and love dependency/addiction.&lt;br /&gt;It is not as though females link sex and love and males do not or vice versa.&lt;br /&gt;Both sexes show about the same correlation between love and sex.&lt;br /&gt;As with the males and females combined, the separate male and female&lt;br /&gt;correlations usually show some statistically significant correlation between&lt;br /&gt;one kind of dependency/addiction and another. In part, this is due to the&lt;br /&gt;large sample size that can make very low correlations statistically significant.&lt;br /&gt;But, if one looks at the actual correlations, many are in the 0.20’s or 0.30’s,&lt;br /&gt;suggesting that some degree of variance in one variable is related to some&lt;br /&gt;degree of variance in the other.&lt;br /&gt;DISCUSSION&lt;br /&gt;The results suggest that the concept of being dependent or addicted is a&lt;br /&gt;meaningful one to college students, in that there was some admission of&lt;br /&gt;dependency or addiction to a variety of areas, including both drug and nondrug&lt;br /&gt;areas. And if they admit to a dependency or addiction in one area, there&lt;br /&gt;is often a dependency or addiction in another area. At times, this seems to&lt;br /&gt;make sense, as with the correlation between some of the drugs (users often&lt;br /&gt;have a multidrug use pattern) or between sex and love. We would expect&lt;br /&gt;that sex and love dependency/addiction might go together, to some extent.&lt;br /&gt;However, at other times the results are by no means obvious such as when&lt;br /&gt;the combined male and female sample dependency/addiction on chocolate&lt;br /&gt;correlates 0.24 with dependency/addiction to being in love (0.19 for males&lt;br /&gt;and 0.28 for females). Both food and sex are natural drives, but it is not&lt;br /&gt;obvious that there would be any kind of relationship between the two. The&lt;br /&gt;results of the present study suggest that there is somewhat of a food and sex&lt;br /&gt;relationship, at least for those admitting dependency or addiction in these&lt;br /&gt;areas.&lt;br /&gt;The results are consistent with past studies or theories indicating that&lt;br /&gt;there is often an interrelationship between a person’s addiction in one area,&lt;br /&gt;e.g., drugs and/or sex, and their addictive problems in a different area, e.g.&lt;br /&gt;eating disorders (Crowther, Wolf, &amp;amp; Sherwood, 1992; Fairburn, Hay, &amp;amp; Welch,&lt;br /&gt;1993; Gordon, 1990; Hoek, 1995; Shisslak, Crago, &amp;amp; Estes, 1995). The results&lt;br /&gt;are also consistent with previous studies that have shown usually small but&lt;br /&gt;significant relationships among addictive behaviors or among addictive behaviors&lt;br /&gt;and other problem behaviors (Dembo, Getreu, Williams, Berry, La&lt;br /&gt;Voie, Genung, Schmeidler, Wish &amp;amp; Kern, 1990; Gorman &amp;amp; Derzon, 2002;&lt;br /&gt;Jessor, Chase, &amp;amp; Donovan, 1980; Sieber &amp;amp; Angst, 1990).&lt;br /&gt;The results also show important sex differences, with men usually more&lt;br /&gt;likely to admit to addictions than women. All the drug items have men higher&lt;br /&gt;than women. Men were also significantly higher than women in ratings of&lt;br /&gt;being addicted to gambling and to sex. Women were only higher in addiction&lt;br /&gt;to cigarettes, chocolate, and food in general. The last two are food items.&lt;br /&gt;Thus, males reported greater addiction to drugs than females and females&lt;br /&gt;reported greater addiction to two food items, chocolate and food in general.&lt;br /&gt;Females also reported greater cigarette addiction than males. Only the items&lt;br /&gt;of being in love and coffee showed no significant gender differences. The&lt;br /&gt;results are what one might expect, given biological differences between the&lt;br /&gt;sexes and gender roles, with males being more adventuresome than females&lt;br /&gt;in the areas of sex and drugs. Perhaps love appeals equally to both sexes,&lt;br /&gt;and thus there was no difference.&lt;br /&gt;The results also suggest the utility of the dependency/addiction concept.&lt;br /&gt;Although many are skeptical of referring to people as sex addicts or food&lt;br /&gt;addicts, there may be some value in such a concept. However, the results&lt;br /&gt;further suggest caution, in that the addictions seem to fit together to only a&lt;br /&gt;modest degree. That they do fit together shows the value of the dependency&lt;br /&gt;or addiction concept. That they do not fit together more strongly means we&lt;br /&gt;should not always conclude that a person with a dependency or addiction&lt;br /&gt;in one area will necessarily be dependent or addicted in another area. But&lt;br /&gt;we must consider the possibility of a correlation, since the self-report data&lt;br /&gt;show that there is often some overlap.&lt;br /&gt;Self-report data are always susceptible to distortion. It may be that the&lt;br /&gt;data reflect a response set with people willing to admit to one kind of dependency/&lt;br /&gt;addiction often admitting to another kind. Future research could&lt;br /&gt;investigate if there are addictions to, for example, chocolate, and if there&lt;br /&gt;really is an overlap with addiction to being in love. Do people just think&lt;br /&gt;they are this way, or do addictions to various areas really exist? This could&lt;br /&gt;have important clinical implications for those working with addicted people.&lt;br /&gt;The sharp clinician, based on the present data, would look for dependency&lt;br /&gt;problems in different areas.&lt;br /&gt;Bandura’s concept of self-efficacy often can explain why people do or&lt;br /&gt;do not do something (Bandura, 1977). Perhaps a major problem for the participants&lt;br /&gt;in this study is that they often lack self-efficacy feelings regarding&lt;br /&gt;the various substances (drugs, food) or concepts (love, sex). People with&lt;br /&gt;self-efficacy feel that they have control over what they are doing (Bandura,&lt;br /&gt;1977). In contrast, a person who feels dependent or addicted to something&lt;br /&gt;does not have that control. Thus, the lack of control may be somewhat&lt;br /&gt;general, as revealed by the intercorrelations in the present study between&lt;br /&gt;areas that do not necessarily seem related. A person who lacks self efficacy&lt;br /&gt;with regard to, for instance, alcohol, will have problems with that drug&lt;br /&gt;(Sitharthan, Job, Kavanagh, Sitharthan, &amp;amp; Hough, 2003). It would be interesting&lt;br /&gt;to find out if learning self efficacy—or other improvements in one’s life—&lt;br /&gt;in one specific area, led to generalized improvements in other areas as well.&lt;br /&gt;From the present data, we can speculate that such may well indeed be the&lt;br /&gt;case.&lt;br /&gt;Many people try to quit undesirable behavior on their own, without undergoing&lt;br /&gt;any professional intervention (Curry, Ludman, &amp;amp; McClure, 2003).&lt;br /&gt;Thus, it is often difficult to know how well a person has succeeded in overcoming&lt;br /&gt;a problem. The fact that the problems may intercorrelate to some&lt;br /&gt;degree—as suggested by the current findings—means the person has tough&lt;br /&gt;road ahead. On the other hand, the present data also imply that if the person&lt;br /&gt;succeeds in correcting one area, corrections in other, unrelated areas may&lt;br /&gt;also occur.&lt;br /&gt;The results are consistent with the view that there may be some&lt;br /&gt;usefulness in the concept of sexual addiction (Blanchard &amp;amp; Tabachnick,&lt;br /&gt;2002; Carnes, 1983, 1989, 1990, 1991; Corley &amp;amp; Schneider, 2002), at&lt;br /&gt;least defined within narrow boundaries (Eisenman, 1994) or utilizing&lt;br /&gt;self report. Sexual dependency/addiction here was linked with other dependencies/&lt;br /&gt;addictions. And, there were meaningful sex differences. It&lt;br /&gt;appears that addiction has an overall, pervasive nature, such that addiction&lt;br /&gt;in one area has moderate correlations with addictions in other&lt;br /&gt;areas.</description><link>http://order-ultram-online.blogspot.com/2008/02/self-ratings-of-dependencyaddiction.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Landrogek)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5477654376337753520.post-7422385484110198550</guid><pubDate>Sat, 23 Feb 2008 19:00:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2008-02-23T11:02:05.682-08:00</atom:updated><title>Knowledge, attitude and practice of modern contraception among single women in a rural and urban community in Southeast Nigeria</title><description>Summary&lt;br /&gt;The contraceptive information and services offered to single women in most developing countries is compromised by&lt;br /&gt;stigma attached to premarital sex. This study was to ascertain the knowledge, attitude and practice of contraception among&lt;br /&gt;single women in a rural and urban community in southeast Nigeria, using a cross-sectional survey of 279 and 295 single&lt;br /&gt;women in Ngwo (rural) and Enugu (urban) community. The mean age of the population was 21.3 years. Contraceptive&lt;br /&gt;awareness was more among the urban than rural respondents (90.2% vs 34.1%). The major sources of contraceptive&lt;br /&gt;knowledge were mass media (68%) and peer groups (86.3%) for the urban and rural respondents, respectively. Most&lt;br /&gt;respondents in both groups had positive attitude towards contraception. More urban than rural respondents (68.3% vs&lt;br /&gt;12.5%) began sexual activity during adolescence and the level of contraceptive use during first coitus were 48.4% and&lt;br /&gt;13.7%, respectively. Of the currently sexually active respondents, 32.5% (rural) and 59.7% (urban) were using a form of&lt;br /&gt;modern contraception. Condoms, followed by oral pills were the most popular contraceptive method because they can&lt;br /&gt;easily procure them over the counter. Poor contraceptive information, highly critical behavior of family planning providers&lt;br /&gt;towards unmarried women seeking contraception and attitude of male partners militate against contraceptive practice.&lt;br /&gt;There is need to promote information and education on contraception among single women, their male partners and&lt;br /&gt;family planning providers.&lt;br /&gt;Introduction&lt;br /&gt;The society today is more permissive to sex, with the&lt;br /&gt;effect that more and more single women are engaging in&lt;br /&gt;pre-marital relationship and sex. This results in a high&lt;br /&gt;incidence of unwanted pregnancies and abortion among&lt;br /&gt;these sexually active single Nigerians due to limited&lt;br /&gt;access to family planning services (Feyisetan and Pebley&lt;br /&gt;1989). These single women face special circumstances,&lt;br /&gt;which make it difficult for them to obtain the reproductive&lt;br /&gt;health they need even when it is seemingly available.&lt;br /&gt;Such problems include the psychology of being seen&lt;br /&gt;among married women in the family planning clinics. By&lt;br /&gt;lowering the probability of unwanted pregnancy, contraceptives&lt;br /&gt;can decrease the need for abortion, but as in&lt;br /&gt;most African countries contraceptive use in Nigeria is&lt;br /&gt;low (Fakeye and Babaniyi 1989; Nigeria Demographic&lt;br /&gt;and Health survey 1991). Government and donor&lt;br /&gt;agencies are committed to an active family planning&lt;br /&gt;policy and have taken measures to make available a&lt;br /&gt;broad range of contraceptive methods as well as&lt;br /&gt;informing the general public of its availability (Mamadani&lt;br /&gt;et al. 1993).&lt;br /&gt;In this article, we report on in-depth interview exploring&lt;br /&gt;knowledge, attitude and practice of various forms of&lt;br /&gt;modern contraception among single women living in urban&lt;br /&gt;and rural areas of southeast Nigeria.&lt;br /&gt;Materials and methods&lt;br /&gt;The study was conducted in Enugu metropolis and a rural&lt;br /&gt;Ngwo community both in Enugu state in southeast&lt;br /&gt;Nigeria. Enugu is the capital of Enugu state of Nigeria&lt;br /&gt;and is located east of the river Niger. It has a projected&lt;br /&gt;population of one million persons and is divided into nine&lt;br /&gt;zones based on respective residential areas. The major&lt;br /&gt;occupations range from trading to civil service. The&lt;br /&gt;metropolis has a teaching hospital (University of Nigeria&lt;br /&gt;Teaching Hospital), a general hospital (Park Lane Hospital),&lt;br /&gt;12 government health centers, 142 private hospitals&lt;br /&gt;and clinics and 800-registered patent medicine dealers and&lt;br /&gt;pharmaceutical stores. Ngwo on the other hand, is a rural&lt;br /&gt;community in Udi local government area of Enugu state&lt;br /&gt;and is situated to the west of Enugu town. It has an&lt;br /&gt;estimated population of 160,000 and is made up of 10&lt;br /&gt;villages. Ngwo has 20 health facilities: 4 government health&lt;br /&gt;centers and 16 private clinics and maternity homes. Ngwo&lt;br /&gt;by proximity shares cultural norms with Enugu town and&lt;br /&gt;they are predominantly farmers with few civil servants. The&lt;br /&gt;inhabitants of both communities are predominantly Ibos&lt;br /&gt;with pockets of other tribes.&lt;br /&gt;Multistage sampling technique and cross sectional&lt;br /&gt;sample survey were done between January and April&lt;br /&gt;2004. Uwani, one of the nine districts in Enugu metropolis&lt;br /&gt;was selected by simple random sampling from a list of all&lt;br /&gt;the districts after which 11 streets were purposely selected&lt;br /&gt;from it. Two hundred and ninety-five unmarried females&lt;br /&gt;aged between 15 and 49 years (reproductive age group)&lt;br /&gt;were selected by systematic random sampling technique. In&lt;br /&gt;Ngwo, two (Uboji and Ameke) out of the 10 villages were&lt;br /&gt;selected by simple random sampling and 279 unmarried&lt;br /&gt;females of reproductive ages selected by systematic random&lt;br /&gt;sampling technique.&lt;br /&gt;Using pre-tested interviewer-administered questionnaires&lt;br /&gt;information were sought on age, educational&lt;br /&gt;status, religion, income of respondents or their guardians,&lt;br /&gt;knowledge, attitude and practice of modern contraception.&lt;br /&gt;Female nurses who were trained in interviewing technique&lt;br /&gt;conducted the interviews. The entire 574 questionnaires&lt;br /&gt;were completed and analysed, giving a response rate of 100&lt;br /&gt;percent. The data analysis was done by simple percentages&lt;br /&gt;and mean using Graph pad software.&lt;br /&gt;Results&lt;br /&gt;Of the 574 respondents, 279 (48.6%) were living in the&lt;br /&gt;rural area while 295 (51.4%) reside in the urban area. Their&lt;br /&gt;age ranges from 15 to 49 years with a mean age of 21.3&lt;br /&gt;years (Table I). The rural and urban respondents were&lt;br /&gt;mainly Christians of Roman catholic (53.4% vs 63%) and&lt;br /&gt;Anglican (41.9% vs 33.9%) denominations, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;They were of mixed socioeconomic status with almost 50%&lt;br /&gt;of those in the rural area and 21.6% of the urban&lt;br /&gt;respondents earning less than one hundred dollars&lt;br /&gt;monthly. More than 50% of the respondents in both urban&lt;br /&gt;and rural communities had attained menarche by 14 years.&lt;br /&gt;While most respondent attained secondary education,&lt;br /&gt;there were more respondents with tertiary education&lt;br /&gt;among the urban than rural single women (36.9% vs&lt;br /&gt;11.8%). Twelve percent (n = 35) of urban and 5.4%&lt;br /&gt;(n = 15) of rural respondents gave a history of previous&lt;br /&gt;pregnancy.&lt;br /&gt;Table II shows that more respondents in the urban area&lt;br /&gt;(57.6%) had good knowledge of their period than the&lt;br /&gt;respondents in the rural area (37.3%). Also 90.2% of the&lt;br /&gt;urban respondents knew about contraceptives as against&lt;br /&gt;34.1% of the rural respondents. Mass media and information&lt;br /&gt;from peer group were major sources of knowledge of&lt;br /&gt;contraception for urban and rural respondents, respectively.&lt;br /&gt;57.3% of the rural respondents and 63.1% of urban&lt;br /&gt;respondents have been exposed to sexual intercourse and&lt;br /&gt;more of the urban than rural respondents (68.3% vs&lt;br /&gt;12.5%) had this experience as adolescent. While 48.4% of&lt;br /&gt;the urban respondents practised contraception during their&lt;br /&gt;first coitus, only 13.7% of rural respondents did the same.&lt;br /&gt;Sixty percent and 32.5% of the sexually active urban and&lt;br /&gt;rural respondents, respectively are currently using one form&lt;br /&gt;of contraception or the other. Condoms, followed by oral&lt;br /&gt;pills were the most popular contraceptive method in the&lt;br /&gt;two groups of respondents. Seventy-six percent of the rural&lt;br /&gt;and 71.4% of the urban respondents who knew about&lt;br /&gt;contraception favored its use by single women. They were&lt;br /&gt;also willing to recommend the use of contraception to their&lt;br /&gt;friends. Majority of the male sexual partners of the urban&lt;br /&gt;respondents had a more positive attitude towards their use&lt;br /&gt;of contraception than those of rural respondents (64.5% vs&lt;br /&gt;40.6%). For male partners of rural respondents contraception&lt;br /&gt;will encourage promiscuity while condom&lt;br /&gt;diminishes sexual pleasure. The partners of urban respondents&lt;br /&gt;on the other hand, view condom as a way of&lt;br /&gt;minimising risk of sexually transmitted diseases as well as&lt;br /&gt;avoiding pregnancy.&lt;br /&gt;Of the respondents using contraceptives, the greatest&lt;br /&gt;obstacle to its use is the embarrassment of going to procure&lt;br /&gt;it especially from the family planning clinic (Table III).&lt;br /&gt;Discussion&lt;br /&gt;In this study, a higher percentage of urban respondents&lt;br /&gt;knew about the fertile period and contraception than those&lt;br /&gt;in the rural area. This level of contraceptive knowledge&lt;br /&gt;among these urban respondents agrees with studies in&lt;br /&gt;other urban sub-Saharan Africans (Bisrat and Pickering&lt;br /&gt;1994). Despite campaign on information dissemination in&lt;br /&gt;family planning in developing countries (Piotrow et al.&lt;br /&gt;1990; Valente et al. 1994), the level of contraceptive&lt;br /&gt;awareness we have documented among rural single women&lt;br /&gt;indicate that changes are rather slow. Most of the rural&lt;br /&gt;single women lacked basic information about reproduction&lt;br /&gt;and contraception and often did not know where or how to&lt;br /&gt;obtain contraceptive information. Furthermore, there were&lt;br /&gt;social, psychological and economic barriers to accessing&lt;br /&gt;these services. The mass media was an important source of&lt;br /&gt;information for most urban women in this study and this&lt;br /&gt;was in agreement with previous studies in Nigeria (Konje et&lt;br /&gt;al. 1998; Adinma and Nwosu 1995). However, the same&lt;br /&gt;cannot be said for the rural women who depended more on&lt;br /&gt;friends and peer group for contraceptive information, some&lt;br /&gt;of which is false. This lack of adequate information and&lt;br /&gt;ignorance has been shown to be key factors militating&lt;br /&gt;against family planning practice in Nigeria (Adinma and&lt;br /&gt;Nwosu 1995). There is therefore a need to bridge the gap&lt;br /&gt;in contraceptive information by redirecting information&lt;br /&gt;dissemination, counselling strategies and restructuring&lt;br /&gt;family planning programmes to facilitate grass root coverage.&lt;br /&gt;Most of the respondents in both rural and urban areas&lt;br /&gt;were sexually experienced with 12.5% of rural and 68.3&lt;br /&gt;percent of urban respondents beginning sexual activity&lt;br /&gt;during adolescence. The first sexual encounter of these&lt;br /&gt;adolescents, as in previous studies (Izugbara 2001) was&lt;br /&gt;promoted by pressure, curiosity and for economic purposes.&lt;br /&gt;These adolescent women face unique problems in&lt;br /&gt;practicing birth control and in doing so effectively. They do&lt;br /&gt;not have accurate or adequate information about effective&lt;br /&gt;contraceptive method and far too often those who have the&lt;br /&gt;knowledge cannot obtain the services and supplies they&lt;br /&gt;need because they may be confronted with social ostracism&lt;br /&gt;for their acknowledgement of sexual activity outside&lt;br /&gt;marriage. It was therefore not surprising that 13.7% of&lt;br /&gt;rural respondents and 48.4 percent of urban respondents&lt;br /&gt;used some form of contraception at first coitus. Greater&lt;br /&gt;availability and access to contraception together with&lt;br /&gt;relaxation of norms governing pre-marital sexual relationships&lt;br /&gt;in the urban areas may account for the differences in&lt;br /&gt;contraceptive usage of the two groups at first coitus.&lt;br /&gt;The level of contraceptive use among currently sexually&lt;br /&gt;active respondents in the urban area is higher than those in&lt;br /&gt;the rural area. This urban-rural difference in contraceptive&lt;br /&gt;practice may be a function of contraceptive awareness,&lt;br /&gt;educational level, previous pregnancy experiences and life&lt;br /&gt;style (Fantahun et al. 1995; Versnel et al. 2002; Spinelli et&lt;br /&gt;al. 2000; Hartlage et al. 2001). It is instructive to note that&lt;br /&gt;all the urban respondents with previous history of&lt;br /&gt;unwanted pregnancy were currently using a method of&lt;br /&gt;contraception. However, this was not the case for those in&lt;br /&gt;the rural area because of non-availability of contraception&lt;br /&gt;or lack of information about its existence. Furthermore, the&lt;br /&gt;highly critical behavior of family planning providers&lt;br /&gt;towards unmarried women who sought contraception tend&lt;br /&gt;to compromise the quality of services offered to these&lt;br /&gt;women (Anate et al. 1997). Since abortion is still restrictive&lt;br /&gt;in Nigeria (Solanke 1977), these unmarried women tend to&lt;br /&gt;resort to clandestine abortion practices after an unwanted&lt;br /&gt;pregnancy.&lt;br /&gt;Condom was the most popular method of contraception&lt;br /&gt;employed by both respondents, followed by oral contraceptive&lt;br /&gt;pills. The reasons for this is obvious, as they can&lt;br /&gt;easily procure them over the counter without the embarrassment&lt;br /&gt;associated with going to the family planning&lt;br /&gt;clinic. Also, most of the single women only have occasional&lt;br /&gt;sex and felt emergency contraceptive pills situated their&lt;br /&gt;situation.&lt;br /&gt;Majority of both rural and urban respondents that knew&lt;br /&gt;about contraception had favorable attitude toward it and&lt;br /&gt;were willing to recommend it to others. However, the&lt;br /&gt;support of the male partners of the rural respondents for&lt;br /&gt;the use of contraception was poor. Ignorance, fear of&lt;br /&gt;promiscuity and diminished sexual pleasure with condoms&lt;br /&gt;were part of the reasons given. On the other hand, majority&lt;br /&gt;(64.5%) of the male partners of the urban respondents&lt;br /&gt;were supportive on the need for family planning and were&lt;br /&gt;willing to promote the use of condom. They believed that&lt;br /&gt;using condom is the best way to minimise the risk of&lt;br /&gt;sexually transmitted diseases as well as preventing pregnancy.&lt;br /&gt;In addition to place of residence, the socioeconomic&lt;br /&gt;and educational status of the male partner of the single&lt;br /&gt;women influenced their attitude towards contraception.&lt;br /&gt;In conclusion, it has become obvious that there is an&lt;br /&gt;urgent need to promote information, education and&lt;br /&gt;communication programmes on contraceptives among&lt;br /&gt;our rural dwellers. Also more effort should be made to&lt;br /&gt;integrate men into the various aspects of reproductive&lt;br /&gt;health programmes. And finally the communication barrier&lt;br /&gt;between the family planning provider and single women&lt;br /&gt;seeking contraceptive advice should be bridged.</description><link>http://order-ultram-online.blogspot.com/2008/02/knowledge-attitude-and-practice-of.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Landrogek)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item><item><guid isPermaLink="false">tag:blogger.com,1999:blog-5477654376337753520.post-3036584662170120048</guid><pubDate>Sat, 23 Feb 2008 18:18:00 +0000</pubDate><atom:updated>2008-02-23T10:30:37.442-08:00</atom:updated><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Birth control</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Circadian rhythms</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Core body temperature</category><category domain="http://www.blogger.com/atom/ns#">Menstrual cycle</category><title>Effect of Sex, Menstrual Cycle Phase,and Oral Contraceptive Use on  Circadian Temperature Rhythms</title><description>Summary: The circadian rhythm of rectal temperature was continuously recorded over&lt;br /&gt;several consecutive days in young men and women on regular nocturnal sleep schedules.&lt;br /&gt;There were 50 men, 21 women with natural menstrual cycles [i.e., not taking oral contraceptives&lt;br /&gt;(OCs) (10 in the follicular phase and I 1 in the luteal phase)], and 14 women&lt;br /&gt;using OCs (6 in the pseudofollicular phase and 8 in the pseudoluteal phase). Circadian&lt;br /&gt;phase and amplitude were estimated using a curve-fitting procedure, and temperature&lt;br /&gt;levels were determined from the raw data. A two-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) on&lt;br /&gt;the data from the four groups of women, with factors menstrual cycle phase (follicular,&lt;br /&gt;luteal) and OC use (yes, no), showed that temperature during sleep was lower during the&lt;br /&gt;follicular phase than during the luteal phase. Since waking temperatures were similar in&lt;br /&gt;the two phases, the circadian amplitude was also larger during the follicular phase. The&lt;br /&gt;lower follicular phase sleep temperature also resulted in a lower 24-h temperature during&lt;br /&gt;the follicular phase. The two-way ANOVA showed that temperature during sleep and&lt;br /&gt;24-h temperature were lower in naturally cycling women than in women taking OCs. A&lt;br /&gt;one-way ANOVA on the temperature rhythm parameters from the five groups of subjects&lt;br /&gt;showed that the temperature rhythms of the men and of the naturally cycling women&lt;br /&gt;in the follicular phase were not significantly different. Both of these groups had lower&lt;br /&gt;temperatures during sleep, lower 24-h temperatures, and larger circadian amplitudes than&lt;br /&gt;the other groups. There were no significant differences in circadian phase among the&lt;br /&gt;five groups studied. In conclusion, menstrual cycle phase, OC use, and sex affect the&lt;br /&gt;amplitude and level, but not the phase, of the overt circadian temperature rhythm. Key&lt;br /&gt;Words: Circadian rhythms-Core body temperature-Menstrual cycle-Birth control&lt;br /&gt;pills-Oral contraceptives.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;br /&gt;There have been very few comparisons of circadian body temperature rhythms between&lt;br /&gt;young men and women. Winget et al. (1) reported that men had larger circadian amplitudes&lt;br /&gt;and lower mean levels than women, but they did not find a sex difference in circadian&lt;br /&gt;phase. Wever (2) measured the temperature rhythms of free-running, internally&lt;br /&gt;synchronized subjects and also found larger amplitudes and lower mean levels in men.&lt;br /&gt;Rogacz et al. ( 3 ) studied women across the menstrual cycle and noted that they had&lt;br /&gt;smaller amplitudes than men previously studied in their laboratory, regardless of menstrual&lt;br /&gt;phase.&lt;br /&gt;Hormonal changes across the female menstrual cycle affect the circadian temperature&lt;br /&gt;rhythm, with progesterone having a thermogenic effect (4). The menstrual cycle&lt;br /&gt;can be roughly divided into two phases: follicular (the time froin menses onset to ovulation)&lt;br /&gt;and luteal (the time from ovulation to menses). Progesterone levels are low during&lt;br /&gt;the follicular phase and high during most of the luteal phase, peaking in the middle&lt;br /&gt;of the luteal phase. Estrogen levels are low at the beginning of the follicular phase, rise&lt;br /&gt;during the last few days of the follicular phase, and are reduced but remain high during&lt;br /&gt;the luteal phase (5,6). Women taking the commonly prescribed oral contraceptives&lt;br /&gt;(OCs) receive an estrogen plus a progesterone for 2 I days of the 28-day cycle and no&lt;br /&gt;active ingredients during the other 7 days (7).&lt;br /&gt;There have been several studies of the circadian temperature rhythm in women with&lt;br /&gt;natural menstrual cycles, i.e., in those not taking OCs. The amplitude of the rhythm IS&lt;br /&gt;larger during the follicular phase than during the luteal phase, primarily due to a lower&lt;br /&gt;nocturnal temperature, which also results in a lower daily mean temperature level&lt;br /&gt;(3,8-13). Longitudinal graphs of temperature from single subjects across the entire&lt;br /&gt;menstrual cycle show the interaction between the circadian and infradian (menstrual)&lt;br /&gt;cycles (8,14). Most studies find no change in circadian phase across the menstrual cycle&lt;br /&gt;(1 0,l I , 15,16), but a few preliminary studies suggest a phase delay during the luteal&lt;br /&gt;phase (9,13). There is a paucity of data regarding the effects of OC on the circadian&lt;br /&gt;temperature rhythm.&lt;br /&gt;Given the differences in the temperature rhythm across the menstrual cycle, those&lt;br /&gt;who make comparisons between women and men need to take female menstrual cycle&lt;br /&gt;phase into account. The purpose of this report is to compare the circadian temperature&lt;br /&gt;rhythms of men and women, taking menstrual cycle phase and OC use into account.&lt;br /&gt;                                                       &lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;   &lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold; font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;METHODS&lt;/span&gt;&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The data were taken from the baselines of various studies performed in our laboratory&lt;br /&gt;(1 7-20). During baseline, which was either 7 or 10 days long, participants adhered&lt;br /&gt;to a regular sleep schedule, with fixed bed times and wake times and exactly 8 h in bed.&lt;br /&gt;Subjects were required to remain in bed, in the dark, for the entire 8 h, even if they could&lt;br /&gt;not sleep. The time of the sleep period was similar to the subjects&#39; habitual sleep schedule,&lt;br /&gt;except that the sleep times were closer to the weekend sleep times to avoid masking&lt;br /&gt;the minimum of the temperature rhythm by early wake times. The experimental&lt;br /&gt;schedule was also fixed and regular, in contrast to the irregular schedules of most young&lt;br /&gt;adults. To ensure compliance to the sleep schedule, subjects were required to call a timestamp&lt;br /&gt;answering machine just before bed time, immediately after waking, and 30 min&lt;br /&gt;after waking. They were also required to keep daily sleep logs of estimated sleep onset&lt;br /&gt;and wake times. In general, the reported sleep times were similar to the scheduled sleep&lt;br /&gt;times. Caffeine consumption was restricted to either no caffeine at all or else only in&lt;br /&gt;the first 4 h after wake time and in the exact same amount every day. Alcohol and recreational&lt;br /&gt;drugs were prohibited.&lt;br /&gt;Before the studies began, female subjects were asked if they were using OC and when&lt;br /&gt;their last menstrual period began. During the studies they checked a box on one of the&lt;br /&gt;daily logs to indicate whether or not their period started on that day. For women not&lt;br /&gt;using OC, conservative estimates of the two primary menstrual phases were made by&lt;br /&gt;counting forward or backward from the day of menses onset. The average length of the&lt;br /&gt;luteal phase is - 14 days and is rarely &lt; 12 days (21). Therefore, we classified the 12&lt;br /&gt;days prior to the onset of menses (reverse cycle days - 1 to - 12) as luteal days. The&lt;br /&gt;average length of the follicular phase is - 13 days and is rarely &lt; 10 days (22). Therefore,&lt;br /&gt;we classified the day of menses onset and the following 9 days (forward cycle days&lt;br /&gt;0 to +9) as follicular days. Since we used only data from the 22 days of the menstrual&lt;br /&gt;cycle centered around the day of menses onset and did not include days close to the follicular&lt;br /&gt;to luteal transition, we avoided classification errors. Given this method, if one&lt;br /&gt;or both phases of a particular cycle were longer than usual, this would not cause a misclassification.&lt;br /&gt;However, a misclassification could conceivably occur if the particular&lt;br /&gt;Meal or follicular phase included was extremely short and happened to end during&lt;br /&gt;baseline.&lt;br /&gt;For women using OC, we defined the “pseudoluteal” phase as the 2 I days during&lt;br /&gt;which exogenous estrogen plus progesterone are taken, to correspond to the natural&lt;br /&gt;luteal phase with its increased levels of estrogen and progesterone. We defined the “pseudofollicular”&lt;br /&gt;phase as the 7 days without exogenous hormones, to correspond roughly&lt;br /&gt;to the natural follicular phase with low progesterone. For women taking OC, menstruation&lt;br /&gt;occurs during the week with no exogenous hormones (7), beginning on about the&lt;br /&gt;second day. Therefore, we made conservative estimates of pseudoluteal and pseudofollicular&lt;br /&gt;days counting from the day of menses onset. Pseudofollicular days included&lt;br /&gt;days - 1 to +2, and pseudoluteal days included all days except days -5 to +5.&lt;br /&gt;For each subject, only the data from one phase of the cycle (luteal or follicular) were&lt;br /&gt;used: the phase with more baseline data. In cases where participants had exactly equal&lt;br /&gt;numbers of baseline days in their luteal and follicular phases, they were randomly&lt;br /&gt;assigned to one of the groups and the data from the other phase were discarded.&lt;br /&gt;Core body temperature was continuously measured using a rectal temperature probe&lt;br /&gt;and either a Vitalog PMS-8 or Consumer Sensory Products AMS-1000 portable monitor&lt;br /&gt;programmed to store measurements every minute. The probes were inserted and maintained&lt;br /&gt;at a constant distance (1 0 cm). Subjects were told to take the probe out for exercise,&lt;br /&gt;baths, showers, and sex so that extremely elevated temperatures were not recorded.&lt;br /&gt;The temperature data of each subject were averaged into 15-min points and divided&lt;br /&gt;into 24-h sections. The sections started at 2 1 :00 so that each section contained a complete&lt;br /&gt;nocturnal sleep episode. If the data during sleep were missing or if half or more&lt;br /&gt;data for any 24-h section were missing, the entire 24-h section was not used. We included&lt;br /&gt;only subjects for which we had at least three 24-h sections.&lt;br /&gt;The 24-h sections for each subject were averaged, and then two measures of temperature&lt;br /&gt;level were calculated. The average temperature during sleep was calculated for&lt;br /&gt;each subject using the scheduled bed time and wake time for each subject. Thus, this&lt;br /&gt;measure was actually the average temperature during in-bed time. The 24-h temperature,&lt;br /&gt;or mean temperature during the whole 24-h period, was also calculated.&lt;br /&gt;A curve consisting of the fundamental cosine curve plus three additional harmonics&lt;br /&gt;(the 12-, 8-, and 6-h harmonics) was fitted to the average curve of each subject. The&lt;br /&gt;time of the minimum was used as a phase marker. The minimum was chosen, rather&lt;br /&gt;than the maximum, because the minimum occurs during sleep, a time of relative inactivity,&lt;br /&gt;and is thus less affected by masking from activity. Fitting a curve with three harmonics&lt;br /&gt;smoothed the data and provided a single minimum. This method is similar to&lt;br /&gt;visually picking the minimum, but more objective. More harmonics could have been&lt;br /&gt;added to the fitted curve, but as more are added, the fitted curve approaches the actual&lt;br /&gt;data curve and is not as smooth. Circadian amplitude was the difference between the&lt;br /&gt;fitted curve’s maximum and minimum. Although some subjects were studied during&lt;br /&gt;daylight savings time, all times are reported in central standard time.&lt;br /&gt;Each variable was evaluated with a one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) with the&lt;br /&gt;factor group (women in the follicular phase, women in the luteal phase, women in the&lt;br /&gt;pseudofollicular phase, women in the pseudoluteal phase, men) followed by Tukey’s&lt;br /&gt;post hoc painvise comparisons of means. The same variables in only the four groups of&lt;br /&gt;women were also evaluated with a two-way ANOVA with the factors OC use (yes, no)&lt;br /&gt;and menstrual phase (follicular, luteal).&lt;br /&gt;                                                         &lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt; RESULTS&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The data from 50 male and 35 female subjects were analyzed (see Table I ) . For illustrative&lt;br /&gt;purposes only, the average temperature curves of the individual subjects were&lt;br /&gt;averaged together to produce average curves for the five groups of subjects (Figs. 1 and&lt;br /&gt;2). These graphs were made from raw (as opposed to fitted) data. The graphs show that&lt;br /&gt;the differences among the groups were most pronounced at night, during sleep.&lt;br /&gt;                                                 &lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;Temperature Level&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The two-way ANOVA produced a significant main effect of menstrual phase for temperature&lt;br /&gt;during sleep (F = 24.182, df= 1,3 I , p &lt; 0.001) and for 24-h temperature ( F =&lt;br /&gt;13.959, df= 1,3 I , p &lt; 0.0 1) and a significant main effect of OC use for temperature&lt;br /&gt;during sleep (F= 14.476, df= 1,3 1, p &lt; 0.01) and for 24-h temperature (F= 10.372, df’&lt;br /&gt;= 1,3 I, p &lt; 0.01). There were no significant two-way interactions. These analyses showed&lt;br /&gt;that temperature was significantly lower during the follicular phase than during the&lt;br /&gt;luteal phase. The analyses also showed that temperature was significantly lower in non-&lt;br /&gt;OC users than in OC users.&lt;br /&gt;The one-way ANOVA was significant for temperature during sleep (F = 47.08 I , df&lt;br /&gt;= 4,80, p &lt; 0.001) and 24-h temperature (F= 23.971, df= 4,80, p &lt; 0.001). There were&lt;br /&gt;two groups that had similar temperature levels and differed from the other three: women&lt;br /&gt;non-OC users in the follicular phase and men. They had the lowest temperatures during&lt;br /&gt;sleep and the lowest 24-h temperatures. The post hoc tests showed that the differences&lt;br /&gt;in temperature level between each of these two groups and the other three groups&lt;br /&gt;were statistically significant (see Table 2). It is also interesting to note that although&lt;br /&gt;there were no significant differences between OC users and nonusers during the luteal&lt;br /&gt;phase, there was a significant difference between them during the follicular phase, with&lt;br /&gt;the nonusers having lower temperatures.&lt;br /&gt;                                                  &lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;Temperature Amplitude&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;The two-way ANOVA produced a significant main effect of menstrual phase (F =&lt;br /&gt;1 1.322, dj= 1,3 1, p &lt; O.Ol), but the main effect for OC use and the two-way interaction&lt;br /&gt;were not significant. This analysis showed that amplitude was larger during the follicular&lt;br /&gt;than during the luteal phase.&lt;br /&gt;The one-way ANOVA was significant (F = 13.326, df= 4,80, p &lt; 0.001). There were&lt;br /&gt;two groups that had similar and larger temperature amplitudes than the other three&lt;br /&gt;groups: women non-OC users in the follicular phase and men. The differences between&lt;br /&gt;the men and each of the other three groups of women were statistically significant. The&lt;br /&gt;differences between the women non-OC users in the follicular phase and the other three&lt;br /&gt;groups of women reached significance for two of the three groups.&lt;br /&gt;                                                         &lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;Temperature Phase&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;Temperature minima occurred around 5 a.m., -3 h before wake time .&lt;br /&gt;There were no significant differences in time of temperature minima, in time of temperature&lt;br /&gt;minima in relation to wake time, or in wake times.&lt;br /&gt;                                 &lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;Amplitude and Level: Comparisons Among Women&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;This report confirms previous studies of women that found luteal phase temperature&lt;br /&gt;levels to be elevated, particularly during sleep, which in turn produced a smaller circadian&lt;br /&gt;amplitude during the luteal phase (3,8-13). The increase in temperature levels during&lt;br /&gt;the luteal phase is attributed to the thermogenic effect of progesterone (4-6). However,&lt;br /&gt;it is not clear why the progesterone-induced temperature elevation would be greater&lt;br /&gt;during sleep. Rogacz et al. (3) discussed the idea that temperature levels might be limited&lt;br /&gt;by a physiologic ceiling that prevents the already high day time temperatures from&lt;br /&gt;increasing past a certain point, so that only the lower nocturnal temperatures can&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt; &lt;/span&gt;rise.&lt;br /&gt;They also suggested that progesterone might act directly on the endogenous pacemaker&lt;br /&gt;to reduce amplitude. Another possibility could be that the effects of progesterone,&lt;br /&gt;like those of drugs in general, depend on circadian phase. In other words, progesterone&lt;br /&gt;might produce a larger rise in body temperature during one part of the circadian cycle&lt;br /&gt;than another.&lt;br /&gt;The increase in temperature level at the transition from the follicular to the luteal&lt;br /&gt;phase is the basis for using basal body temperature as a marker of ovulation (23). However,&lt;br /&gt;Fig. l reminds us that the term “basal” can be misleading, since temperature does&lt;br /&gt;not remain constant during inactivity or sleep, but instead has a circadian rhythm. This&lt;br /&gt;figure also shows how much the temperature recorded on waking in the morning could&lt;br /&gt;change if the woman woke up earlier or later than usual, i.e., at an earlier or later point&lt;br /&gt;on the temperature curve.&lt;br /&gt;We found that women OC users had higher temperatures during the pseudofollicular&lt;br /&gt;phase than women with natural menstrual cycles during their follicular phase. Progesterone&lt;br /&gt;cannot be responsible for this difference because both groups have low levels&lt;br /&gt;during their follicular phases. However, the naturally cycling women produce estrogens,&lt;br /&gt;which can be high near the end of the follicular phase. Therefore, estrogen is probably&lt;br /&gt;exerting a temperature-lowering effect (24). Lee (10) also reported relatively high temperatures&lt;br /&gt;during the follicular phase in three OC users. Evidently, there is a need for&lt;br /&gt;more research to determine how exogenously administered hormones affect body temperature&lt;br /&gt;rhythms.&lt;br /&gt;Higher temperatures during sleep could conceivably cause or be a result of poorer&lt;br /&gt;sleep quality (25). Our data are not ideal for detecting differences in sleep duration,&lt;br /&gt;because all subjects were required to remain in bed in the dark for exactly 8 h. Furthermore,&lt;br /&gt;we did not have a measure that could reveal fine distinctions in sleep quality.&lt;br /&gt;There is some evidence of sleep disturbance during the luteal phase (see 26 for&lt;br /&gt;review), but more research is necessary to determine whether endogenous or exogenously&lt;br /&gt;administered hormones affect sleep.&lt;br /&gt;                  &lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;Amplitude and Level: Comparisons Between Men and Women&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;In this study, the women with natural menstrual cycles (non-OC users) who were in&lt;br /&gt;the follicular phase had circadian temperature rhythms that resembled the men’s more&lt;br /&gt;than they resembled those of the other groups of women. This group of women and the&lt;br /&gt;men had the lowest temperatures during sleep, and consequently the lowest 24-h temperatures&lt;br /&gt;and largest circadian amplitudes. The low temperatures in these two groups&lt;br /&gt;are consistent with both having little or no circulating progesterone. In contrast, Rogacz&lt;br /&gt;et al. (3) reported that women in both the follicular and the luteal phases had smaller&lt;br /&gt;amplitudes than men. The other studies that compared temperature rhythms in men and&lt;br /&gt;women did not account for menstrual phase ( I ,2). Thus, further research is necessary&lt;br /&gt;to clarify the differences in temperature rhythm amplitude and temperature level between&lt;br /&gt;men and women. Future studies should also take possible sex differences in physical&lt;br /&gt;fitness into account, since larger temperature rhythm amplitudes have been found in&lt;br /&gt;very physically fit than in inactive or average men, even when the temperature rhythm&lt;br /&gt;was measured during standardized conditions (27,28)&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;.&lt;br /&gt;                                                           Temperature Phase&lt;br /&gt;&lt;/span&gt;We did not find any differences in the phase of the circadian rhythm of temperature&lt;br /&gt;among the various groups of subjects. The only other study we know of that compared&lt;br /&gt;temperature rhythms in young men and women also did not find a phase differcnce (1).&lt;br /&gt;Studies of temperature phase in women across the menstrual cycle are more common.&lt;br /&gt;Most found no phase differences ( 10,11,15,16), but two suggest a phase delay during&lt;br /&gt;the luteal phase (9,13). In both of these studies, the data were collected during a constant&lt;br /&gt;routine using a within-subject design. These methodological refinements may be&lt;br /&gt;necessary to reveal phase differences. However, Wagner et al. ( 16) used both a constant&lt;br /&gt;routine and a within-subject design, but did not find phase differences. More research&lt;br /&gt;is necessary to resolve the issues of whether temperature phase changes with the menstrual&lt;br /&gt;cycle and whether there is a sex difference. The use of other phase markers of the&lt;br /&gt;circadian pacemaker besides the temperature rhythm would also help to clarify the issue.&lt;br /&gt;However, there have been two studies using the circadian rhythm of melatonin, and these&lt;br /&gt;did not reveal phase changes across the menstrual cycle (29,30).&lt;br /&gt;The time of the minimum of the circadian temperature rhythm is currently of great&lt;br /&gt;interest, because it is used as a marker of the crossover point between delays and advances&lt;br /&gt;in the human phase response curve to light (e.g., 3 1,32). Thus, the clock time of the&lt;br /&gt;minimum is important for practical applications of light treatment (e.g., 33). Constant&lt;br /&gt;routine methods (3 1,34) may provide the most accurate measure of the temperatiire minimum&lt;br /&gt;and are good for measuring the phase shift in situations in which the endogenous&lt;br /&gt;temperature minimum does not occur during sleep and is thus subject to masking, e.g.,&lt;br /&gt;during shift work. However, it is not clear whether the constant routine method offers&lt;br /&gt;any benefit for determining the temperature minimum of normal subjects sleeping at&lt;br /&gt;normal times. A few studies compared temperature phase measured during a constant&lt;br /&gt;routine with those obtained during days with normal sleep. Two found no difference in&lt;br /&gt;phase ( 1 3,35), one found a slightly later phase (36), and one found a slightly earlier&lt;br /&gt;phase (37) during the constant routine. In our study, the clock times of the temperature&lt;br /&gt;minima were similar to those from constant routine studies: For men: our study-5: 18;&lt;br /&gt;constant routine studies4:31 to 5:02 (38), 5:19 (39), and 6:48 (40). For women not&lt;br /&gt;taking OC: our study-5:06 in the follicular stage and 4:36 in the luteal stage; constant&lt;br /&gt;routine s t u d y 4 : 18 during the follicular phase and 4:27 during the luteal phase ( 16).&lt;br /&gt;Some of the variations in the time of the temperature minimum within and between&lt;br /&gt;studies are undoubtedly due to factors such as individual differences in niorningnesseveningness&lt;br /&gt;(4 1 ), previous sleep schedules, and daylight exposure schedules. For example,&lt;br /&gt;in a previous study of ours in which wake times were -2 h earlier than in the present&lt;br /&gt;study, the temperature minima were also -2 h earlier (42). Variations in the time&lt;br /&gt;of the temperature minimum are also produced by the different methods for determining&lt;br /&gt;the minimum, such as cosine curve fitting, smoothing procedures, visually picking&lt;br /&gt;the minimum, etc. Another complication is daylight savings time. Most authors do not&lt;br /&gt;indicate whether times are reported in daylight savings or standard time. It seems likely&lt;br /&gt;that these factors are more important determinants of circadian phase than sex or&lt;br /&gt;menstrual cycle phase.&lt;br /&gt;In conclusion, more research is needed to compare the circadian temperature rhythms&lt;br /&gt;of women in their various hormonal states and men. Meanwhile, our study of temper&lt;br /&gt;ature rhythms shows that although sex, menstrual cycle phase, and contraceptive use&lt;br /&gt;influence temperature rhythm amplitude and level, these factors may not have a significant&lt;br /&gt;influence on temperature phase.&lt;br /&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-weight: bold;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-style: italic;&quot;&gt;&lt;/span&gt;</description><link>http://order-ultram-online.blogspot.com/2008/02/effect-of-sex-menstrual-cycle-phaseand.html</link><author>noreply@blogger.com (Landrogek)</author><thr:total>0</thr:total></item></channel></rss>